From af12946cd84c6a9239d775d64149f52c86f277a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henry Whitney Date: Thu, 13 Jun 2019 10:53:48 -0400 Subject: [PATCH] Conform file to have EOL at end --- LICENSE.md | 1 + README.md | 1 + archive/checking/acceptable/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/acceptable/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/acceptable/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/accuracy-check/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/accuracy-check/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/accuracy/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/accuracy/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/accuracysub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/accurate/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/accurate/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/accurate/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/alphabet/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/alphabet/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/alphabet/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/alphabetchoice/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/alphabetchoice/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/alphabetchoice/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/church-leader-check/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/church-leader-check/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/church-leader-check2/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/church-leader-check2/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/clear/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/clear/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/community-evaluation/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/community-evaluation/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/complete/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/complete/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/complete/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/goal-checking/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/goal-checking/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/goal-checking/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/good/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/good/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/language-community-check/01.md | 1 - .../checking/language-community-check/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/language-community-check/title.md | 3 ++- .../checking/language-community-check1/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/language-community-check1/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/level1-affirm/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/level3-questions/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/level3-questions/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/level3-questions/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/natural/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/natural/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/natural/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/self-assessment/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/self-assessment/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/self-assessment/title.md | 3 ++- .../checking/vbacktranslation-guidelines/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-guideline/01.md | 3 ++- .../checking/vol2-backtranslation-guidelines/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/01.md | 3 ++- .../checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/01.md | 3 ++- .../vol2-backtranslation-purpose/sub-title.md | 3 ++- .../checking/vol2-backtranslation-who/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-who/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/01.md | 3 ++- .../vol2-backtranslation-written/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-steps/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-steps/title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-things-to-check/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-things-to-check/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/checking/vol2-things-to-checkt/itle.md | 3 ++- archive/checkingc/ommunity-evaluation/01.md | 3 ++- archive/checkingl/evel1-affirm/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/intro-publishing/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/intro-publishing/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/intro-share/01.md | 3 ++- archive/process/intro-share/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/intro-share/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/platforms/01.md | 3 ++- archive/process/platforms/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/platforms/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/prechecking-training/01.md | 3 ++- archive/process/prechecking-training/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/prechecking-training/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/pretranslation-training/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/pretranslation-training/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/process-manual/01.md | 3 ++- archive/process/process-manual/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/process-manual/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/required-checking/01.md | 3 ++- archive/process/required-checking/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/required-checking/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/setup-team/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/setup-team/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/setup-ts/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/setup-ts/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/share-content/01.md | 3 ++- archive/process/share-content/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/share-content/title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/source-text-process/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/process/source-text-process/title.md | 3 ++- archive/readme.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/figs-inclusive/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/figs-inclusive/title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/figs-informremind/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/figs-informremind/title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/figs-infostructure/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/figs-infostructure/title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/figs-quotemarks/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/figs-quotemarks/title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/figs-synonparallelism/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/figs-synonparallelism/title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/resources-alter/01.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/resources-alter/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/resources-alter/title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/resources-clarify/01.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/resources-clarify/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/resources-clarify/title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/resources-connec/t01.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/translate-aim/01.md | 1 + archive/translate/translate-alphabet2/01.md | 1 + archive/translate/translate-decimal/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/translate-decimal/title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/translate-discover/sub-title.md | 3 ++- archive/translate/translate-discover/title.md | 3 ++- .../checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/title.md | 3 ++- arhive/checking/vol2-steps/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/authentic-assessment/01.md | 11 ++++++++++- checking/authentic-assessment/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/authentic-assessment/title.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-level1/01.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-level1/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-level1/title.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-level2/01.md | 1 + checking/authority-level2/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-level2/title.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-level3/01.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-level3/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-level3/title.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-process/01.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-process/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/authority-process/title.md | 3 ++- checking/formatting/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/formatting/title.md | 3 ++- checking/headings/01.md | 3 ++- checking/headings/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/headings/title.md | 3 ++- checking/intro-check/01.md | 6 ------ checking/intro-check/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/intro-check/title.md | 3 ++- checking/intro-checking/01.md | 2 +- checking/intro-checking/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/intro-checking/title.md | 3 ++- checking/intro-levels/01.md | 4 ++-- checking/intro-levels/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/intro-levels/title.md | 3 ++- checking/key-word-check/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/key-word-check/title.md | 3 ++- checking/level1-affirm/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/level1-affirm/title.md | 3 ++- checking/level1/01.md | 3 ++- checking/level1/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/level1/title.md | 3 ++- checking/level2/01.md | 1 - checking/level2/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/level2/title.md | 3 ++- checking/level3-approval/01.md | 3 ++- checking/level3-approval/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/level3-approval/title.md | 3 ++- checking/level3/01.md | 3 ++- checking/level3/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/level3/title.md | 3 ++- checking/other-methods/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/other-methods/title.md | 3 ++- checking/peer-edit/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/peer-edit/title.md | 3 ++- checking/punctuation/01.md | 3 ++- checking/punctuation/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/punctuation/title.md | 3 ++- checking/self-edit/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/self-edit/title.md | 3 ++- checking/spelling/01.md | 3 ++- checking/spelling/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/spelling/title.md | 3 ++- checking/verses/01.md | 3 ++- checking/verses/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/verses/title.md | 3 ++- checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/title.md | 3 ++- checking/vol2-intro/01.md | 3 ++- checking/vol2-intro/sub-title.md | 3 ++- checking/vol2-intro/title.md | 3 ++- intro/finding-answers/sub-title.md | 3 ++- intro/finding-answers/title.md | 3 ++- intro/gl-strategy/01.md | 1 + intro/gl-strategy/sub-title.md | 3 ++- intro/gl-strategy/title.md | 3 ++- intro/open-license/01.md | 1 + intro/open-license/sub-title.md | 3 ++- intro/open-license/title.md | 3 ++- intro/statement-of-faith/01.md | 1 + intro/statement-of-faith/sub-title.md | 3 ++- intro/statement-of-faith/title.md | 3 ++- intro/ta-intro/01.md | 1 + intro/ta-intro/sub-title.md | 3 ++- intro/ta-intro/title.md | 3 ++- intro/translate-why/01.md | 1 + intro/translate-why/sub-title.md | 3 ++- intro/translate-why/title.md | 3 ++- intro/translation-guidelines/sub-title.md | 3 ++- intro/translation-guidelines/title.md | 3 ++- intro/uw-intro/sub-title.md | 3 ++- intro/uw-intro/title.md | 3 ++- jit/biblicalimageryta/01.md | 1 + jit/biblicalimageryta/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/biblicalimageryta/title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-animals/01.md | 1 + jit/bita-animals/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-animals/title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-farming/01.md | 1 + jit/bita-farming/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-farming/title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-hq/01.md | 1 + jit/bita-hq/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-hq/title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-humanbehavior/01.md | 4 ++-- jit/bita-humanbehavior/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-humanbehavior/title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-manmade/01.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-manmade/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-manmade/title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-part1/01.md | 1 + jit/bita-part1/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-part1/title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-part2/01.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-part2/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-part2/title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-part3/01.md | 1 + jit/bita-part3/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-part3/title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-phenom/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-phenom/title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-plants/01.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-plants/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/bita-plants/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-123person/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-123person/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-abstractnouns/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-abstractnouns/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-activepassive/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-activepassive/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-apostrophe/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-apostrophe/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-declarative/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-declarative/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-distinguish/01.md | 1 - jit/figs-distinguish/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-distinguish/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-doublenegatives/01.md | 2 -- jit/figs-doublenegatives/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-doublenegatives/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-doublet/01.md | 1 - jit/figs-doublet/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-doublet/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-ellipsis/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-ellipsis/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-euphemism/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-euphemism/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-events/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-events/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-exclamations/01.md | 1 - jit/figs-exclamations/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-exclamations/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-exclusive/01.md | 1 + jit/figs-exclusive/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-exclusive/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-exmetaphor/01.md | 1 - jit/figs-exmetaphor/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-exmetaphor/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-explicit/01.md | 2 -- jit/figs-explicit/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-explicit/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-explicitinfo/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-explicitinfo/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-extrainfo/01.md | 1 + jit/figs-extrainfo/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-extrainfo/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-gendernotations/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-gendernotations/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-genericnoun/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-genericnoun/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-go/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-go/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-grammar/01.md | 1 - jit/figs-grammar/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-grammar/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-hendiadys/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-hendiadys/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-hyperbole/01.md | 5 ++--- jit/figs-hyperbole/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-hyperbole/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-hypo/01.md | 7 ++++++- jit/figs-hypo/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-hypo/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-idiom/01.md | 1 - jit/figs-idiom/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-idiom/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-imperative/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-imperative/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-intro/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-intro/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-irony/01.md | 1 + jit/figs-irony/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-irony/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-litotes/01.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-litotes/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-litotes/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-merism/01.md | 1 - jit/figs-merism/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-merism/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-metaphor/01.md | 5 ++++- jit/figs-metaphor/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-metaphor/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-metaphordead/01.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-metaphordead/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-metaphordead/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-metaphorparts/01.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-metaphorparts/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-metaphorparts/title.md | 7 ++++++- jit/figs-metonymy/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-metonymy/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-nominaladj/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-nominaladj/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-order/01.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-order/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-order/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-parables/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-parables/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-parallelism/01.md | 1 - jit/figs-parallelism/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-parallelism/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-partsofspeech/01.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-partsofspeech/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-partsofspeech/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-pastforfuture/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-pastforfuture/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-personification/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-personification/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-possession/01.md | 1 + jit/figs-possession/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-possession/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-pronouns/01.md | 1 + jit/figs-pronouns/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-pronouns/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-quotations/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-quotations/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md | 2 +- jit/figs-quotesinquotes/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-quotesinquotes/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-rpronouns/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-rpronouns/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-rquestion/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-rquestion/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-sentences/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-sentences/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-sentencetypes/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-sentencetypes/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-simile/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-simile/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-synecdoche/01.md | 1 - jit/figs-synecdoche/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-synecdoche/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-verbs/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-verbs/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-you/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-you/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-youcrowd/01.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-youcrowd/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-youcrowd/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-youdual/01.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-youdual/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-youdual/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-youformal/01.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-youformal/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-youformal/title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-yousingular/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/figs-yousingular/title.md | 3 ++- jit/guidelines-sonofgod/01.md | 3 ++- jit/guidelines-sonofgod/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/guidelines-sonofgod/title.md | 3 ++- jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/01.md | 3 ++- jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-bdistance/01.md | 1 + jit/translate-bdistance/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-bdistance/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-bmoney/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-bmoney/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-bvolume/01.md | 1 - jit/translate-bvolume/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-bvolume/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-bweight/01.md | 1 + jit/translate-bweight/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-bweight/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-fraction/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-fraction/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-hebrewmonths/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-hebrewmonths/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-names/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-names/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-numbers/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-numbers/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-ordinal/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-ordinal/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-symaction/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-symaction/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-textvariants/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-textvariants/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-transliterate/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-transliterate/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-unknown/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-unknown/title.md | 3 ++- jit/translate-versebridge/01.md | 4 ++-- jit/translate-versebridge/sub-title.md | 7 ++++++- jit/translate-versebridge/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/01.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-background/01.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-background/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-background/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-connectingwords/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-connectingwords/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-endofstory/01.md | 1 + jit/writing-endofstory/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-endofstory/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-intro/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-intro/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-newevent/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-newevent/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-participants/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-participants/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-poetry/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-poetry/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-pronouns/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-pronouns/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-proverbs/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-proverbs/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-quotations/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-quotations/title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-symlanguage/sub-title.md | 3 ++- jit/writing-symlanguage/title.md | 3 ++- translate/choose-team/01.md | 3 ++- translate/choose-team/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/choose-team/title.md | 3 ++- translate/file-formats/01.md | 3 ++- translate/file-formats/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/file-formats/title.md | 3 ++- translate/first-draft/01.md | 1 + translate/first-draft/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/first-draft/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-accurate/01.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-accurate/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-accurate/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-authoritative/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-authoritative/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-church-approved/01.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-church-approved/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-church-approved/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-clear/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-clear/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-collaborative/01.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-collaborative/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-collaborative/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-equal/01.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-equal/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-equal/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-faithful/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-faithful/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-historical/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-historical/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-intro/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-intro/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-natural/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/guidelines-natural/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-natural/title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-ongoing/01.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-ongoing/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/guidelines-ongoing/title.md | 3 ++- translate/qualifications/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/qualifications/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-alterm/01.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-alterm/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-alterm/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-connect/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-connect/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-def/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-def/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-eplain/01.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-eplain/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-eplain/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-fofs/01.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-fofs/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-fofs/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-iordquote/01.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-iordquote/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-iordquote/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-links/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-links/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-long/01.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-long/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-long/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-porp/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-porp/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-questions/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-questions/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-synequi/01.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-synequi/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-synequi/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-types/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-types/title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-words/01.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-words/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/resources-words/title.md | 3 ++- translate/tA Decisions.md | 3 +-- translate/translate-aim/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-aim/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-alphabet/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-alphabet/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-alphabet/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-alphabet2/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-alphabet2/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-bibleorg/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-bibleorg/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-bibleorg/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-chapverse/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-chapverse/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-dynamic/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-dynamic/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-dynamic/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-fandm/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-fandm/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-fandm/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-form/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/translate-form/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-form/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md | 1 + translate/translate-formatsignals/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-formatsignals/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-help/01.md | 1 + translate/translate-help/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-help/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-levels/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-levels/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-levels/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-literal/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-literal/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-literal/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-manual/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-manual/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-manuscripts/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-manuscripts/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-manuscripts/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-more/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-more/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-more/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-original/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-original/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-original/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-problem/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-problem/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-problem/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-process/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-process/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-process/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-retell/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-retell/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-retell/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-source-licensing/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-source-licensing/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-source-text/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-source-text/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-source-text/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-source-version/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-source-version/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-source-version/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-terms/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-terms/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-terms/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-tform/01.md | 1 + translate/translate-tform/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-tform/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-useulbudb/01.md | 1 + translate/translate-useulbudb/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-useulbudb/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-wforw/01.md | 1 + translate/translate-wforw/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-wforw/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-whatis/01.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-whatis/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translate-whatis/title.md | 3 ++- translate/translation-difficulty/01.md | 2 +- translate/translation-difficulty/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/translation-difficulty/title.md | 3 ++- translate/writing-decisions/sub-title.md | 3 ++- translate/writing-decisions/title.md | 3 ++- 605 files changed, 1168 insertions(+), 590 deletions(-) diff --git a/LICENSE.md b/LICENSE.md index b3b78a3..7ed8248 100644 --- a/LICENSE.md +++ b/LICENSE.md @@ -24,3 +24,4 @@ The licensor cannot revoke these freedoms as long as you follow the license term You do not have to comply with the license for elements of the material in the public domain or where your use is permitted by an applicable exception or limitation. No warranties are given. The license may not give you all of the permissions necessary for your intended use. For example, other rights such as publicity, privacy, or moral rights may limit how you use the material. + diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index f534329..bb5fa0e 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -87,3 +87,4 @@ You are free to add additional pages. In order for the new page to be included w ## Historical If you would like to see the deprecated tranlsationAcademy pages in DokuWiki, go to https://dw.door43.org/en/ta. You can still see the workbench pages at https://dw.door43.org/en/ta/workbench. + diff --git a/archive/checking/acceptable/01.md b/archive/checking/acceptable/01.md index 7ad0ba6..1c456d5 100644 --- a/archive/checking/acceptable/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/acceptable/01.md @@ -8,4 +8,5 @@ As you read the new translation, ask yourself these questions. These are questio 1. Does the translation use too many words that were borrowed from another language, or are these words acceptable to the language community? 1. Did the writer use an appropriate form of the language acceptable to the wider language community? (Is the writer familiar with the dialects of your language found throughout the area? Did the writer use a form of the language that all of the language community understands well, or did he use a form that is used in only a small area? -If there is a place where the translation uses language in the wrong style, make a note of that so that you can discuss it with the translation team. \ No newline at end of file +If there is a place where the translation uses language in the wrong style, make a note of that so that you can discuss it with the translation team. + diff --git a/archive/checking/acceptable/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/acceptable/sub-title.md index 9392f92..f8931df 100644 --- a/archive/checking/acceptable/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/acceptable/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Did the translation team use an acceptable style? \ No newline at end of file +Did the translation team use an acceptable style? + diff --git a/archive/checking/acceptable/title.md b/archive/checking/acceptable/title.md index 5698abc..2691d24 100644 --- a/archive/checking/acceptable/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/acceptable/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Acceptable Style \ No newline at end of file +Acceptable Style + diff --git a/archive/checking/accuracy-check/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/accuracy-check/sub-title.md index a587a3b..905cb86 100644 --- a/archive/checking/accuracy-check/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/accuracy-check/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I do an accuracy check? \ No newline at end of file +How can I do an accuracy check? + diff --git a/archive/checking/accuracy-check/title.md b/archive/checking/accuracy-check/title.md index 27d532f..56679a5 100644 --- a/archive/checking/accuracy-check/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/accuracy-check/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Accuracy Check \ No newline at end of file +Accuracy Check + diff --git a/archive/checking/accuracy/01.md b/archive/checking/accuracy/01.md index 4430cb9..e4d1867 100644 --- a/archive/checking/accuracy/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/accuracy/01.md @@ -3,4 +3,5 @@ It is very important to make sure that the new translation is accurate. Those who have been chosen to check the translation for accuracy have the responsibility to make sure that it communicates the same meaning as the original writer intended and expected to communicate. -For instructions on how to do this, go to [Accuracy Check](../accuracy-check/01.md), and follow the steps in the section under the heading "All Levels." \ No newline at end of file +For instructions on how to do this, go to [Accuracy Check](../accuracy-check/01.md), and follow the steps in the section under the heading "All Levels." + diff --git a/archive/checking/accuracy/title.md b/archive/checking/accuracy/title.md index 9d0fac9..00163e7 100644 --- a/archive/checking/accuracy/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/accuracy/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Accurate Translation \ No newline at end of file +Accurate Translation + diff --git a/archive/checking/accuracysub-title.md b/archive/checking/accuracysub-title.md index f76244b..340dd92 100644 --- a/archive/checking/accuracysub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/accuracysub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Is the translation accurate? \ No newline at end of file +Is the translation accurate? + diff --git a/archive/checking/accurate/01.md b/archive/checking/accurate/01.md index 4430cb9..e4d1867 100644 --- a/archive/checking/accurate/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/accurate/01.md @@ -3,4 +3,5 @@ It is very important to make sure that the new translation is accurate. Those who have been chosen to check the translation for accuracy have the responsibility to make sure that it communicates the same meaning as the original writer intended and expected to communicate. -For instructions on how to do this, go to [Accuracy Check](../accuracy-check/01.md), and follow the steps in the section under the heading "All Levels." \ No newline at end of file +For instructions on how to do this, go to [Accuracy Check](../accuracy-check/01.md), and follow the steps in the section under the heading "All Levels." + diff --git a/archive/checking/accurate/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/accurate/sub-title.md index f76244b..340dd92 100644 --- a/archive/checking/accurate/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/accurate/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Is the translation accurate? \ No newline at end of file +Is the translation accurate? + diff --git a/archive/checking/accurate/title.md b/archive/checking/accurate/title.md index 9d0fac9..00163e7 100644 --- a/archive/checking/accurate/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/accurate/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Accurate Translation \ No newline at end of file +Accurate Translation + diff --git a/archive/checking/alphabet/01.md b/archive/checking/alphabet/01.md index c9a7b78..3e85c30 100644 --- a/archive/checking/alphabet/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/alphabet/01.md @@ -7,4 +7,5 @@ As you read the translation, ask yourself these questions about the way words ar 1. Is the spelling used in the book consistent? (Are there rules that the writer should follow to show how words change in different situations? Can they be described so others will know how to read and write the language easily?) 1. Has the translator used expressions, phrases, connectors, and spellings that will be recognized by most of the language community? -If there is something about the alphabet or spelling that is not right, make a note of that so that you can discuss it with the translation team. \ No newline at end of file +If there is something about the alphabet or spelling that is not right, make a note of that so that you can discuss it with the translation team. + diff --git a/archive/checking/alphabet/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/alphabet/sub-title.md index d08b2bb..582bcd4 100644 --- a/archive/checking/alphabet/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/alphabet/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Does the translation use an appropriate alphabet? \ No newline at end of file +Does the translation use an appropriate alphabet? + diff --git a/archive/checking/alphabet/title.md b/archive/checking/alphabet/title.md index 05f6d32..e321b8c 100644 --- a/archive/checking/alphabet/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/alphabet/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Appropriate Alphabet \ No newline at end of file +Appropriate Alphabet + diff --git a/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/01.md b/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/01.md index c9a7b78..3e85c30 100644 --- a/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/01.md @@ -7,4 +7,5 @@ As you read the translation, ask yourself these questions about the way words ar 1. Is the spelling used in the book consistent? (Are there rules that the writer should follow to show how words change in different situations? Can they be described so others will know how to read and write the language easily?) 1. Has the translator used expressions, phrases, connectors, and spellings that will be recognized by most of the language community? -If there is something about the alphabet or spelling that is not right, make a note of that so that you can discuss it with the translation team. \ No newline at end of file +If there is something about the alphabet or spelling that is not right, make a note of that so that you can discuss it with the translation team. + diff --git a/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/sub-title.md index d08b2bb..582bcd4 100644 --- a/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Does the translation use an appropriate alphabet? \ No newline at end of file +Does the translation use an appropriate alphabet? + diff --git a/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/title.md b/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/title.md index 05f6d32..e321b8c 100644 --- a/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/alphabetchoice/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Appropriate Alphabet \ No newline at end of file +Appropriate Alphabet + diff --git a/archive/checking/church-leader-check/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/church-leader-check/sub-title.md index c3ef9aa..e1e780b 100644 --- a/archive/checking/church-leader-check/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/church-leader-check/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can the church leaders help improve the translation? \ No newline at end of file +How can the church leaders help improve the translation? + diff --git a/archive/checking/church-leader-check/title.md b/archive/checking/church-leader-check/title.md index 8d06b23..66d3752 100644 --- a/archive/checking/church-leader-check/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/church-leader-check/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Church Leader Check \ No newline at end of file +Church Leader Check + diff --git a/archive/checking/church-leader-check2/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/church-leader-check2/sub-title.md index c3ef9aa..e1e780b 100644 --- a/archive/checking/church-leader-check2/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/church-leader-check2/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can the church leaders help improve the translation? \ No newline at end of file +How can the church leaders help improve the translation? + diff --git a/archive/checking/church-leader-check2/title.md b/archive/checking/church-leader-check2/title.md index 8d06b23..66d3752 100644 --- a/archive/checking/church-leader-check2/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/church-leader-check2/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Church Leader Check \ No newline at end of file +Church Leader Check + diff --git a/archive/checking/clear/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/clear/sub-title.md index 5001c2a..d272cab 100644 --- a/archive/checking/clear/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/clear/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I tell if the translation is clear? \ No newline at end of file +How can I tell if the translation is clear? + diff --git a/archive/checking/clear/title.md b/archive/checking/clear/title.md index 42bfa12..dfc06cc 100644 --- a/archive/checking/clear/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/clear/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Clear Translation \ No newline at end of file +Clear Translation + diff --git a/archive/checking/community-evaluation/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/community-evaluation/sub-title.md index cbbc650..bc5759b 100644 --- a/archive/checking/community-evaluation/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/community-evaluation/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I show that the community approves the translation? \ No newline at end of file +How can I show that the community approves the translation? + diff --git a/archive/checking/community-evaluation/title.md b/archive/checking/community-evaluation/title.md index 74e4001..3fd3a52 100644 --- a/archive/checking/community-evaluation/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/community-evaluation/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Language Community Evaluation Questions \ No newline at end of file +Language Community Evaluation Questions + diff --git a/archive/checking/complete/01.md b/archive/checking/complete/01.md index ffb5a3c..240a6bc 100644 --- a/archive/checking/complete/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/complete/01.md @@ -7,4 +7,5 @@ The purpose of this section is to make sure that the translation is complete. In 1. Does the translation include all the verses of the book that was translated? (When you look at the verse numbering of the source language translation, are all of the verses included in the target language translation?) Sometimes there are differences in verse numbering between translations. For example, in some translations some verses are grouped together or sometimes certain verses are put in footnotes. Even though there may be these kinds of differences between the source translation and the target translation, the target translation is still considered to be complete. 1. Are there places in the translation where something seems to be left out, or there seems to be a different message than is found in the source language translation? (The wording and the order can be different, but the language that the translator used should give the same message as the source language translation.) -If there is a place where the translation is not complete, make a note of that so that you can discuss it with the translation team. \ No newline at end of file +If there is a place where the translation is not complete, make a note of that so that you can discuss it with the translation team. + diff --git a/archive/checking/complete/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/complete/sub-title.md index c7831c7..58616cf 100644 --- a/archive/checking/complete/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/complete/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Is the translation complete? \ No newline at end of file +Is the translation complete? + diff --git a/archive/checking/complete/title.md b/archive/checking/complete/title.md index 21e8a45..f4f9b47 100644 --- a/archive/checking/complete/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/complete/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Complete Translation \ No newline at end of file +Complete Translation + diff --git a/archive/checking/goal-checking/01.md b/archive/checking/goal-checking/01.md index 0946dc0..a1169ca 100644 --- a/archive/checking/goal-checking/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/goal-checking/01.md @@ -17,4 +17,5 @@ In the same way, checkers who are members of the language community will help t #### Church-approved -The checkers who are members of a church in the language community will help the translation team produce a translation that is approved and accepted by the church in that community. They will do this by working together with members and leaders of other churches from the language community, using the tools available at bibleineverlanguage.org as well as their own resources and other translations to carefully check the content of the newly translated scripture. When members and leaders that represent the churches of a language community work together and agree that the translation is good, then it will be accepted and used by the churches in that community. \ No newline at end of file +The checkers who are members of a church in the language community will help the translation team produce a translation that is approved and accepted by the church in that community. They will do this by working together with members and leaders of other churches from the language community, using the tools available at bibleineverlanguage.org as well as their own resources and other translations to carefully check the content of the newly translated scripture. When members and leaders that represent the churches of a language community work together and agree that the translation is good, then it will be accepted and used by the churches in that community. + diff --git a/archive/checking/goal-checking/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/goal-checking/sub-title.md index 7319802..27f6806 100644 --- a/archive/checking/goal-checking/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/goal-checking/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the goal of Checking? \ No newline at end of file +What is the goal of Checking? + diff --git a/archive/checking/goal-checking/title.md b/archive/checking/goal-checking/title.md index 1de2a57..d376e05 100644 --- a/archive/checking/goal-checking/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/goal-checking/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -The Goal of Checking \ No newline at end of file +The Goal of Checking + diff --git a/archive/checking/good/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/good/sub-title.md index c6f9a75..bb21b34 100644 --- a/archive/checking/good/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/good/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can church leaders affirm that the translation is good? \ No newline at end of file +How can church leaders affirm that the translation is good? + diff --git a/archive/checking/good/title.md b/archive/checking/good/title.md index ca368ac..c6a2291 100644 --- a/archive/checking/good/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/good/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Level 2 Affirmation \ No newline at end of file +Level 2 Affirmation + diff --git a/archive/checking/language-community-check/01.md b/archive/checking/language-community-check/01.md index 590d755..b9889b2 100644 --- a/archive/checking/language-community-check/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/language-community-check/01.md @@ -9,4 +9,3 @@ These tools have been created to assist teams in checking and are recommending f Key elements of this level of checking are: pastors AND Christians in the community have read (or listened to) the translated scriptures and contributed to their improvement, the above listed tools have been employed for ensuring accuracy and completeness, the translation team has been responsible to respond to feedback and implement changes in the translation where needed. When this has been done, the translation is considered to be at level two. - diff --git a/archive/checking/language-community-check/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/language-community-check/sub-title.md index bf350a3..040bc7d 100644 --- a/archive/checking/language-community-check/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/language-community-check/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How pastors and other believers can be involved in checking the translation. \ No newline at end of file +How pastors and other believers can be involved in checking the translation. + diff --git a/archive/checking/language-community-check/title.md b/archive/checking/language-community-check/title.md index 3f80bd3..51f3dfc 100644 --- a/archive/checking/language-community-check/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/language-community-check/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Level Two--Pastoral and Christian Community Check \ No newline at end of file +Level Two--Pastoral and Christian Community Check + diff --git a/archive/checking/language-community-check1/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/language-community-check1/sub-title.md index 1b3dd48..7cc5ad0 100644 --- a/archive/checking/language-community-check1/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/language-community-check1/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can the language community help me check my work? \ No newline at end of file +How can the language community help me check my work? + diff --git a/archive/checking/language-community-check1/title.md b/archive/checking/language-community-check1/title.md index eb1f411..860e8d8 100644 --- a/archive/checking/language-community-check1/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/language-community-check1/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Language Community Check \ No newline at end of file +Language Community Check + diff --git a/archive/checking/level1-affirm/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/level1-affirm/sub-title.md index cbd1f4e..3acc171 100644 --- a/archive/checking/level1-affirm/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/level1-affirm/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I affirm that I have finished level 1 checking? \ No newline at end of file +How do I affirm that I have finished level 1 checking? + diff --git a/archive/checking/level3-questions/01.md b/archive/checking/level3-questions/01.md index bdd3a9d..d79dcac 100644 --- a/archive/checking/level3-questions/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/level3-questions/01.md @@ -33,4 +33,5 @@ If you answer "yes" to any of the questions in this second group, please explain If there were problems with the translation, make plans to meet with the translation team and resolve these problems. After you meet with them, the translation team may need to check their revised translation with the community leaders to make sure that it still communicates well, and then meet with you again. -When you are ready to approve the translation, go here: [Level 3 Approval](../level3-approval/01.md). \ No newline at end of file +When you are ready to approve the translation, go here: [Level 3 Approval](../level3-approval/01.md). + diff --git a/archive/checking/level3-questions/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/level3-questions/sub-title.md index 5316df5..8a8b364 100644 --- a/archive/checking/level3-questions/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/level3-questions/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What do I look for in a level 3 check? \ No newline at end of file +What do I look for in a level 3 check? + diff --git a/archive/checking/level3-questions/title.md b/archive/checking/level3-questions/title.md index 484dfd9..39d9e41 100644 --- a/archive/checking/level3-questions/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/level3-questions/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Questions for Checking on Level Three \ No newline at end of file +Questions for Checking on Level Three + diff --git a/archive/checking/natural/01.md b/archive/checking/natural/01.md index 4d363d1..9a9688b 100644 --- a/archive/checking/natural/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/natural/01.md @@ -9,4 +9,5 @@ To check a translation for naturalness, it is not helpful to compare it to the s To check a translation for naturalness, you or another member of the language community must read it out loud. You can read it to one other person who speaks the target language or to a group of people. Before you start reading, tell the people listening that you want them to stop you when they hear something that does not sound like the way someone from your language community would say it. When someone stops you, then you can discuss together how someone would say that same thing in a more natural way. -It is helpful to think about a situation in your village in which people would talk about the same kind of thing that the translation is talking about. Imagine people that you know talking about that thing, and then say it out loud in that way. If others agree that that is a good and natural way to say it, then write it that way in the translation. \ No newline at end of file +It is helpful to think about a situation in your village in which people would talk about the same kind of thing that the translation is talking about. Imagine people that you know talking about that thing, and then say it out loud in that way. If others agree that that is a good and natural way to say it, then write it that way in the translation. + diff --git a/archive/checking/natural/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/natural/sub-title.md index 6d0006f..6c4e1a2 100644 --- a/archive/checking/natural/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/natural/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Is the translation natural? \ No newline at end of file +Is the translation natural? + diff --git a/archive/checking/natural/title.md b/archive/checking/natural/title.md index 0849209..ba4ee63 100644 --- a/archive/checking/natural/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/natural/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Natural Translation \ No newline at end of file +Natural Translation + diff --git a/archive/checking/self-assessment/01.md b/archive/checking/self-assessment/01.md index 36dc84d..1b62a25 100644 --- a/archive/checking/self-assessment/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/self-assessment/01.md @@ -113,4 +113,5 @@ This section can be strengthened through doing more accuracy checking. (See [Acc **no | yes** Church leaders from at least two different church networks have reviewed the translation of this chapter and agree that it is accurate. *(This addresses the final aspect of Level 2, the Church check).* -**no | yes** The leadership or their delegates of at least two different church networks have reviewed the translation of this chapter and endorse it as a faithful translation of this chapter of the Bible in this language. *(This addresses Level 3.)* \ No newline at end of file +**no | yes** The leadership or their delegates of at least two different church networks have reviewed the translation of this chapter and endorse it as a faithful translation of this chapter of the Bible in this language. *(This addresses Level 3.)* + diff --git a/archive/checking/self-assessment/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/self-assessment/sub-title.md index 5de3cc2..8a9bab8 100644 --- a/archive/checking/self-assessment/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/self-assessment/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I objectively assess the quality of the translation? \ No newline at end of file +How can I objectively assess the quality of the translation? + diff --git a/archive/checking/self-assessment/title.md b/archive/checking/self-assessment/title.md index 02bbbae..867e02c 100644 --- a/archive/checking/self-assessment/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/self-assessment/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Self-Assessment Rubric \ No newline at end of file +Self-Assessment Rubric + diff --git a/archive/checking/vbacktranslation-guidelines/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/vbacktranslation-guidelines/sub-title.md index 479f18f..ce5e167 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vbacktranslation-guidelines/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vbacktranslation-guidelines/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the guidelines for creating a good back translation? \ No newline at end of file +What are the guidelines for creating a good back translation? + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-guideline/01.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-guideline/01.md index b9db5df..333b378 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-guideline/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-guideline/01.md @@ -25,4 +25,5 @@ Sometimes words in the target language will be more complex than words in the la ### 2. Use the Language of Wider Communication Style for Sentence and Logical Structure -The back translation should use the sentence structure that is natural for the language of wider communication, not the structure that is used in the target language. This means that the back translation should use the word order that is natural for the language of wider communication, not the word order that is used in the target language. The back translation should also use the way of relating phrases to each other and the way of indicating logical relations, such as cause or purpose, that are natural for the language of wider communication. This will make the back translation easier to read and understand for the translation checker. This will also speed up the process of checking the back translation. \ No newline at end of file +The back translation should use the sentence structure that is natural for the language of wider communication, not the structure that is used in the target language. This means that the back translation should use the word order that is natural for the language of wider communication, not the word order that is used in the target language. The back translation should also use the way of relating phrases to each other and the way of indicating logical relations, such as cause or purpose, that are natural for the language of wider communication. This will make the back translation easier to read and understand for the translation checker. This will also speed up the process of checking the back translation. + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-guidelines/title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-guidelines/title.md index 267bead..bb5929c 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-guidelines/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-guidelines/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Guidelines for Creating a Good Back Translation \ No newline at end of file +Guidelines for Creating a Good Back Translation + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/01.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/01.md index ee19652..3dbc050 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/01.md @@ -17,4 +17,5 @@ Third, when the back translation is written, the translation checker can also pr Even if there is not time for the checker to send his questions to the translation team before their meeting, they will still be able to review more material at the meeting than they would have been able to review otherwise because the checker has already read the back translation and has already prepared his questions. Because he has had this previous preparation time, he and the translation team can use their meeting time to discuss only the problem areas of the translation rather than reading through the entire translation at a slow pace, as is required when making an oral back translation. -Fourth, the written back translation relieves the strain on the translation checker from having to concentrate for many hours at a time on hearing and understanding an oral translation as it is spoken to him. If the checker and translation team are meeting in a noisy environment, the difficulty of making sure that he hears every word correctly can be quite exhausting for the checker. The mental strain of concentration increases the likelihood that the checker will miss some problems with the result that they remain uncorrected in the biblical text. For these reasons, we recommend the use of a written back translation whenever possible. \ No newline at end of file +Fourth, the written back translation relieves the strain on the translation checker from having to concentrate for many hours at a time on hearing and understanding an oral translation as it is spoken to him. If the checker and translation team are meeting in a noisy environment, the difficulty of making sure that he hears every word correctly can be quite exhausting for the checker. The mental strain of concentration increases the likelihood that the checker will miss some problems with the result that they remain uncorrected in the biblical text. For these reasons, we recommend the use of a written back translation whenever possible. + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/sub-title.md index c81fb3e..af6bacf 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What kinds of back translations are there? \ No newline at end of file +What kinds of back translations are there? + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/title.md index bccb544..21cfdd3 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-kinds/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Kinds of Back Translations \ No newline at end of file +Kinds of Back Translations + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/01.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/01.md index 0472ed8..0007397 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/01.md @@ -5,4 +5,5 @@ The purpose of a back translation is to allow a consultant or checker of biblica Some people might consider this to be unnecessary, since the biblical text already exists in the source language. But remember the purpose of the back translation: it is to allow the checker to see what is in the target language translation. Just reading the original source language text does not allow the checker to see what is in the target language translation. Therefore, the back translator must make a new translation back into the language of wider communication that is based only on the target language translation. For this reason, the back translator *cannot* look at the source language text when doing his back translation, but *only* at the target language text. In this way, the checker can identify any problems that might exist in the target language translation and work with the translator to fix those problems. -The back translation can also be very useful in improving the target language translation even before the checker uses it to check the translation. When the translation team reads the back translation, they can see how the back translator has understood their translation. Sometimes, the back translator has understood their translation in a different way than they intended to communicate. In those cases, they can change their translation so that it communicates more clearly the meaning that they intended. When the translation team is able to use the back translation in this way before they give it to the checker, they can make many improvements to their translation. When they do this, the checker can do his checking much more rapidly, because the translation team was able to correct many of the problems in the translation before meeting with the checker. \ No newline at end of file +The back translation can also be very useful in improving the target language translation even before the checker uses it to check the translation. When the translation team reads the back translation, they can see how the back translator has understood their translation. Sometimes, the back translator has understood their translation in a different way than they intended to communicate. In those cases, they can change their translation so that it communicates more clearly the meaning that they intended. When the translation team is able to use the back translation in this way before they give it to the checker, they can make many improvements to their translation. When they do this, the checker can do his checking much more rapidly, because the translation team was able to correct many of the problems in the translation before meeting with the checker. + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/sub-title.md index 5f0487d..af0fd58 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why is a back translation necessary? \ No newline at end of file +Why is a back translation necessary? + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-who/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-who/sub-title.md index 6c34dc1..aeb2d30 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-who/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-who/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Who should do the back translation? \ No newline at end of file +Who should do the back translation? + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-who/title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-who/title.md index 9521271..11a5222 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-who/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-who/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -The Back Translator \ No newline at end of file +The Back Translator + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/01.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/01.md index b6e3611..26bb35e 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/01.md @@ -7,4 +7,5 @@ An interlinear back translation is one in which the back translator puts a trans ### Free Back Translation -A free back translation is one in which the back translator makes a translation in the language of wider communication in a separate space from the target language translation. The disadvantage of this method is that the back translation is not related as closely to the target language translation. The back translator can overcome this disadvantage when back translating the Bible, however, by including the verse numbers with the back translation. By referring to the verse numbers in both translations, the translation checker can keep track of which part of the back translation represents which part of the target language translation. The advantage of this method is that the back translation can use the grammar and word order of the language of wider communication, and so it is much easier for the translation checker to read and understand. Even while using the grammar and word order of the language of wider communication, however, the back translator should remember to translate the words in a literal way. We recommend that the back translator use the method of free back translation. \ No newline at end of file +A free back translation is one in which the back translator makes a translation in the language of wider communication in a separate space from the target language translation. The disadvantage of this method is that the back translation is not related as closely to the target language translation. The back translator can overcome this disadvantage when back translating the Bible, however, by including the verse numbers with the back translation. By referring to the verse numbers in both translations, the translation checker can keep track of which part of the back translation represents which part of the target language translation. The advantage of this method is that the back translation can use the grammar and word order of the language of wider communication, and so it is much easier for the translation checker to read and understand. Even while using the grammar and word order of the language of wider communication, however, the back translator should remember to translate the words in a literal way. We recommend that the back translator use the method of free back translation. + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/sub-title.md index c630b81..35e41fa 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What kinds of written back translations are there? \ No newline at end of file +What kinds of written back translations are there? + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/01.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/01.md index 07cd866..4d541ff 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/01.md @@ -3,4 +3,5 @@ A back translation is a translation of the biblical text from the local target language back into the language of wider communication. It is called a "back translation" because it is a translation in the opposite direction than what was done to create the local target language translation. -A back translation is not done in a completely normal style, however, because it does not have naturalness as a goal in the language of the translation (in this case, the language of wider communication). Instead, its goal is to represent the words and expressions of the local language translation in a literal way, while also using the grammar and word order of the language of wider communication. In this way, the translation checker can most clearly see the meaning of the words in the target language text, and can also understand the back translation well and read it more quickly and easily. \ No newline at end of file +A back translation is not done in a completely normal style, however, because it does not have naturalness as a goal in the language of the translation (in this case, the language of wider communication). Instead, its goal is to represent the words and expressions of the local language translation in a literal way, while also using the grammar and word order of the language of wider communication. In this way, the translation checker can most clearly see the meaning of the words in the target language text, and can also understand the back translation well and read it more quickly and easily. + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/sub-title.md index 34d2607..5314832 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is a back translation? \ No newline at end of file +What is a back translation? + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/title.md index 2b14848..81b5d9d 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-backtranslation/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Back Translation \ No newline at end of file +Back Translation + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-steps/01.md b/archive/checking/vol2-steps/01.md index e87a4ff..b56152f 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-steps/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-steps/01.md @@ -41,4 +41,5 @@ Some questions will need to be set aside for later, after the checking session. ### Key Words -Make sure that the translation team is keeping a list of the translationWords (important terms) from the Bible passages that they are translating, along with the term in the target language that they have decided to use for each of these important terms. You and the translation team will probably need to add to this list and modify the terms from the target language as you progress through the translation of the Bible. Use the list of translationWords to alert you when there are Key Words in the passage that you are translating. Whenever there is a Key Word in the Bible, make sure that the translation uses the term or phrase that has been chosen for that Key Word, and also make sure that it makes sense each time. If it does not make sense, then you will need to discuss why it makes sense in some places but not in others. Then you may need to modify or change the chosen term, or decide to use more than one term in the target language to fit different ways that the Key Word is used. One useful way to do this is to keep track of each important term on a spreadsheet, with columns for the source language term, the target language term, alternative terms and the Bible passages where you are using each term. We hope that this feature will be in future versions of translationStudio. \ No newline at end of file +Make sure that the translation team is keeping a list of the translationWords (important terms) from the Bible passages that they are translating, along with the term in the target language that they have decided to use for each of these important terms. You and the translation team will probably need to add to this list and modify the terms from the target language as you progress through the translation of the Bible. Use the list of translationWords to alert you when there are Key Words in the passage that you are translating. Whenever there is a Key Word in the Bible, make sure that the translation uses the term or phrase that has been chosen for that Key Word, and also make sure that it makes sense each time. If it does not make sense, then you will need to discuss why it makes sense in some places but not in others. Then you may need to modify or change the chosen term, or decide to use more than one term in the target language to fit different ways that the Key Word is used. One useful way to do this is to keep track of each important term on a spreadsheet, with columns for the source language term, the target language term, alternative terms and the Bible passages where you are using each term. We hope that this feature will be in future versions of translationStudio. + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-steps/title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-steps/title.md index 575f408..a5f4123 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-steps/title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-steps/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Steps in Checking a Translation \ No newline at end of file +Steps in Checking a Translation + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-check/01.md b/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-check/01.md index bfc84a9..fc2b02a 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-check/01.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-check/01.md @@ -16,4 +16,5 @@ 1. Discuss the words about the spirit world and how they are understood in the target culture. Make sure that the ones used in the translation communicate the right thing. 1. Check anything that you think might be especially difficult to understand or translate in the passage. -After checking all of these things and making corrections, have the translation team read the passage out loud again to each other or to other members of their community to make sure that everything still flows in a natural way and uses the right connectors. If a correction made something sound unnatural, they will need to make additional adjustments to the translation. This process of testing and revision should repeat until the translation communicates clearly and naturally in the target language. \ No newline at end of file +After checking all of these things and making corrections, have the translation team read the passage out loud again to each other or to other members of their community to make sure that everything still flows in a natural way and uses the right connectors. If a correction made something sound unnatural, they will need to make additional adjustments to the translation. This process of testing and revision should repeat until the translation communicates clearly and naturally in the target language. + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-check/sub-title.md b/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-check/sub-title.md index 01a417c..5b17303 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-check/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-check/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What types of things should I check? \ No newline at end of file +What types of things should I check? + diff --git a/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-checkt/itle.md b/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-checkt/itle.md index 43baf7b..4f5b8b6 100644 --- a/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-checkt/itle.md +++ b/archive/checking/vol2-things-to-checkt/itle.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Types of Things to Check \ No newline at end of file +Types of Things to Check + diff --git a/archive/checkingc/ommunity-evaluation/01.md b/archive/checkingc/ommunity-evaluation/01.md index c7be800..55eb9d9 100644 --- a/archive/checkingc/ommunity-evaluation/01.md +++ b/archive/checkingc/ommunity-evaluation/01.md @@ -25,4 +25,5 @@ Please also answer the following questions. The answers to these questions will

-The community leaders might want to add their own information to this or make a summary statement about how acceptable this translation is to the local community. This can be included as part of the Level Two Community Check Evaluation information. The wider church leadership will have access to this information, and it will help them validate the translation as approved by the local Christian community when they do the Level Two Church Check and also Level Three Checking. \ No newline at end of file +The community leaders might want to add their own information to this or make a summary statement about how acceptable this translation is to the local community. This can be included as part of the Level Two Community Check Evaluation information. The wider church leadership will have access to this information, and it will help them validate the translation as approved by the local Christian community when they do the Level Two Church Check and also Level Three Checking. + diff --git a/archive/checkingl/evel1-affirm/title.md b/archive/checkingl/evel1-affirm/title.md index 8e3caf2..cf276e3 100644 --- a/archive/checkingl/evel1-affirm/title.md +++ b/archive/checkingl/evel1-affirm/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Level 1 Affirmation \ No newline at end of file +Level 1 Affirmation + diff --git a/archive/process/intro-publishing/sub-title.md b/archive/process/intro-publishing/sub-title.md index 2a59869..61fde24 100644 --- a/archive/process/intro-publishing/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/intro-publishing/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is publishing? \ No newline at end of file +What is publishing? + diff --git a/archive/process/intro-publishing/title.md b/archive/process/intro-publishing/title.md index 0ef49c6..c5c3c91 100644 --- a/archive/process/intro-publishing/title.md +++ b/archive/process/intro-publishing/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Introduction to Publishing \ No newline at end of file +Introduction to Publishing + diff --git a/archive/process/intro-share/01.md b/archive/process/intro-share/01.md index cd1b9e2..f9bc0fc 100644 --- a/archive/process/intro-share/01.md +++ b/archive/process/intro-share/01.md @@ -12,4 +12,5 @@ The biggest factor that encourages distribution of content is the [Open License] for any purpose, even commercially. -Under the terms of the license. \ No newline at end of file +Under the terms of the license. + diff --git a/archive/process/intro-share/sub-title.md b/archive/process/intro-share/sub-title.md index 773e5dd..5f1d650 100644 --- a/archive/process/intro-share/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/intro-share/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I distribute content? \ No newline at end of file +How can I distribute content? + diff --git a/archive/process/intro-share/title.md b/archive/process/intro-share/title.md index fe86d44..a770438 100644 --- a/archive/process/intro-share/title.md +++ b/archive/process/intro-share/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Introduction to Distribution \ No newline at end of file +Introduction to Distribution + diff --git a/archive/process/platforms/01.md b/archive/process/platforms/01.md index 59539de..3315b17 100644 --- a/archive/process/platforms/01.md +++ b/archive/process/platforms/01.md @@ -5,4 +5,5 @@ The recommended platform for doing translation in the Door43 ecosystem is transl ### Other Options -If using translationStudio is not an option for your team, then you may consider using other online or offline tools. Note that it will be your responsibility to get the content into USFM or Markdown format if you do not use translationStudio (see [File Formats](../../translate/file-formats/01.md) for more information). \ No newline at end of file +If using translationStudio is not an option for your team, then you may consider using other online or offline tools. Note that it will be your responsibility to get the content into USFM or Markdown format if you do not use translationStudio (see [File Formats](../../translate/file-formats/01.md) for more information). + diff --git a/archive/process/platforms/sub-title.md b/archive/process/platforms/sub-title.md index f40cfed..5fbaaee 100644 --- a/archive/process/platforms/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/platforms/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What tool can I use to translate? \ No newline at end of file +What tool can I use to translate? + diff --git a/archive/process/platforms/title.md b/archive/process/platforms/title.md index 3cb5d35..246f251 100644 --- a/archive/process/platforms/title.md +++ b/archive/process/platforms/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Selecting a Platform \ No newline at end of file +Selecting a Platform + diff --git a/archive/process/prechecking-training/01.md b/archive/process/prechecking-training/01.md index a78843c..eecff6e 100644 --- a/archive/process/prechecking-training/01.md +++ b/archive/process/prechecking-training/01.md @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ ### Before Checking -It is recommended that you consult the [Checking Manual](../../checking/intro-check/01.md) frequently as you check this content. Before you start checking, we recommend that you start working your way through the Checking Manual until you understand what is required at each level. As you work through the checking process, you will need to consult the Checking Manual frequently. \ No newline at end of file +It is recommended that you consult the [Checking Manual](../../checking/intro-check/01.md) frequently as you check this content. Before you start checking, we recommend that you start working your way through the Checking Manual until you understand what is required at each level. As you work through the checking process, you will need to consult the Checking Manual frequently. + diff --git a/archive/process/prechecking-training/sub-title.md b/archive/process/prechecking-training/sub-title.md index b23f273..93219b5 100644 --- a/archive/process/prechecking-training/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/prechecking-training/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What should I know about checking before I begin? \ No newline at end of file +What should I know about checking before I begin? + diff --git a/archive/process/prechecking-training/title.md b/archive/process/prechecking-training/title.md index 368e415..efb1c65 100644 --- a/archive/process/prechecking-training/title.md +++ b/archive/process/prechecking-training/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Training Before Checking Begins \ No newline at end of file +Training Before Checking Begins + diff --git a/archive/process/pretranslation-training/sub-title.md b/archive/process/pretranslation-training/sub-title.md index 67c68b8..1fdea91 100644 --- a/archive/process/pretranslation-training/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/pretranslation-training/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What should I know about translation before I start? \ No newline at end of file +What should I know about translation before I start? + diff --git a/archive/process/pretranslation-training/title.md b/archive/process/pretranslation-training/title.md index 95526c9..d51f6a1 100644 --- a/archive/process/pretranslation-training/title.md +++ b/archive/process/pretranslation-training/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Training Before Translation Begins \ No newline at end of file +Training Before Translation Begins + diff --git a/archive/process/process-manual/01.md b/archive/process/process-manual/01.md index 0eada9f..917055c 100644 --- a/archive/process/process-manual/01.md +++ b/archive/process/process-manual/01.md @@ -5,4 +5,5 @@ The Process Manual is a step-by-step guide to help translation teams know what t ### Getting Started -Translation is a complicated task and takes organization and a plan. There are many required steps to take a translation from an idea to completed, checked, distributed, and in use translation. The information in this Process Manual will help you know all of the necessary steps in the translation process. \ No newline at end of file +Translation is a complicated task and takes organization and a plan. There are many required steps to take a translation from an idea to completed, checked, distributed, and in use translation. The information in this Process Manual will help you know all of the necessary steps in the translation process. + diff --git a/archive/process/process-manual/sub-title.md b/archive/process/process-manual/sub-title.md index c3a0223..347f663 100644 --- a/archive/process/process-manual/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/process-manual/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the Process Manual? \ No newline at end of file +What is the Process Manual? + diff --git a/archive/process/process-manual/title.md b/archive/process/process-manual/title.md index 6085dde..8bd3746 100644 --- a/archive/process/process-manual/title.md +++ b/archive/process/process-manual/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Introduction to the Process Manual \ No newline at end of file +Introduction to the Process Manual + diff --git a/archive/process/required-checking/01.md b/archive/process/required-checking/01.md index 63f0545..4e54a39 100644 --- a/archive/process/required-checking/01.md +++ b/archive/process/required-checking/01.md @@ -13,4 +13,5 @@ Checking Level 2 is done to verify that representative groups from the local lan #### Checking Level 3 -Checking Level 3 is done when leaders of at least two church networks agree that the translation is a good one (see [Checking Level Three - Affirmation by Church Leadership](../../checking/level3/01.md)). Be sure you work through the Level 3 Checking Questions (see [Questions for Checking on Level Three](../../checking/level3-questions/01.md)) while you complete this checking level. After completing the Level 3 Check, you are encouraged to upload to Door43 (see [Introduction to Publishing](../intro-publishing/01.md)). This is the highest checking level. Gateway Languages should also complete the [Source Text Process](../source-text-process/01.md) \ No newline at end of file +Checking Level 3 is done when leaders of at least two church networks agree that the translation is a good one (see [Checking Level Three - Affirmation by Church Leadership](../../checking/level3/01.md)). Be sure you work through the Level 3 Checking Questions (see [Questions for Checking on Level Three](../../checking/level3-questions/01.md)) while you complete this checking level. After completing the Level 3 Check, you are encouraged to upload to Door43 (see [Introduction to Publishing](../intro-publishing/01.md)). This is the highest checking level. Gateway Languages should also complete the [Source Text Process](../source-text-process/01.md) + diff --git a/archive/process/required-checking/sub-title.md b/archive/process/required-checking/sub-title.md index 088dd48..eafb98d 100644 --- a/archive/process/required-checking/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/required-checking/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I check a translation? \ No newline at end of file +How do I check a translation? + diff --git a/archive/process/required-checking/title.md b/archive/process/required-checking/title.md index d3693e0..60d18b0 100644 --- a/archive/process/required-checking/title.md +++ b/archive/process/required-checking/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How to Check \ No newline at end of file +How to Check + diff --git a/archive/process/setup-team/sub-title.md b/archive/process/setup-team/sub-title.md index 232daf4..095d1a1 100644 --- a/archive/process/setup-team/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/setup-team/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I set up a translation team? \ No newline at end of file +How can I set up a translation team? + diff --git a/archive/process/setup-team/title.md b/archive/process/setup-team/title.md index 07a6a90..47cc02a 100644 --- a/archive/process/setup-team/title.md +++ b/archive/process/setup-team/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Setting Up a Translation Team \ No newline at end of file +Setting Up a Translation Team + diff --git a/archive/process/setup-ts/sub-title.md b/archive/process/setup-ts/sub-title.md index cca38c5..848538e 100644 --- a/archive/process/setup-ts/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/setup-ts/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I set up translationStudio? \ No newline at end of file +How do I set up translationStudio? + diff --git a/archive/process/setup-ts/title.md b/archive/process/setup-ts/title.md index c246ac7..f5b2eef 100644 --- a/archive/process/setup-ts/title.md +++ b/archive/process/setup-ts/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Setting Up translationStudio \ No newline at end of file +Setting Up translationStudio + diff --git a/archive/process/share-content/01.md b/archive/process/share-content/01.md index 7378603..6f37d7d 100644 --- a/archive/process/share-content/01.md +++ b/archive/process/share-content/01.md @@ -9,4 +9,5 @@ If you upload your work from translationStudio, then it automatically appears on ### Sharing Content Offline -You may also generate and download documents from your project pages on Door43. Once you have these downloaded, you can transfer them to others however you would like, including printing and distributing hard copies. \ No newline at end of file +You may also generate and download documents from your project pages on Door43. Once you have these downloaded, you can transfer them to others however you would like, including printing and distributing hard copies. + diff --git a/archive/process/share-content/sub-title.md b/archive/process/share-content/sub-title.md index af8703c..88e710f 100644 --- a/archive/process/share-content/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/share-content/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I share content? \ No newline at end of file +How can I share content? + diff --git a/archive/process/share-content/title.md b/archive/process/share-content/title.md index 4797a13..a8c4cee 100644 --- a/archive/process/share-content/title.md +++ b/archive/process/share-content/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How to Share Content \ No newline at end of file +How to Share Content + diff --git a/archive/process/source-text-process/sub-title.md b/archive/process/source-text-process/sub-title.md index a6fac30..4717b97 100644 --- a/archive/process/source-text-process/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/process/source-text-process/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I make my Gateway Language translation a source text? \ No newline at end of file +How do I make my Gateway Language translation a source text? + diff --git a/archive/process/source-text-process/title.md b/archive/process/source-text-process/title.md index 9370d8f..be1cce0 100644 --- a/archive/process/source-text-process/title.md +++ b/archive/process/source-text-process/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Source Text Process \ No newline at end of file +Source Text Process + diff --git a/archive/readme.md b/archive/readme.md index d1c1cc1..5b3d123 100644 --- a/archive/readme.md +++ b/archive/readme.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -This folder has been created to preserve topics or pages that are no longer necessary but should not be deleted. \ No newline at end of file +This folder has been created to preserve topics or pages that are no longer necessary but should not be deleted. + diff --git a/archive/translate/figs-inclusive/sub-title.md b/archive/translate/figs-inclusive/sub-title.md index fc14592..d884b8a 100644 --- a/archive/translate/figs-inclusive/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/translate/figs-inclusive/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is inclusive "we"? \ No newline at end of file +What is inclusive "we"? + diff --git a/archive/translate/figs-inclusive/title.md b/archive/translate/figs-inclusive/title.md index 9061019..7963c49 100644 --- a/archive/translate/figs-inclusive/title.md +++ b/archive/translate/figs-inclusive/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Inclusive "We" \ No newline at end of file +Inclusive "We" + diff --git a/archive/translate/figs-informremind/sub-title.md b/archive/translate/figs-informremind/sub-title.md index df79f75..0a86681 100644 --- a/archive/translate/figs-informremind/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/translate/figs-informremind/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -When phrases are used with nouns, what are phrases that inform or remind and how can I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +When phrases are used with nouns, what are phrases that inform or remind and how can I translate them? + diff --git a/archive/translate/figs-informremind/title.md b/archive/translate/figs-informremind/title.md index 48d0093..ae44cf3 100644 --- a/archive/translate/figs-informremind/title.md +++ b/archive/translate/figs-informremind/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Phrases that Inform or Remind \ No newline at end of file +Phrases that Inform or Remind + diff --git a/archive/translate/figs-infostructure/sub-title.md b/archive/translate/figs-infostructure/sub-title.md index 61fadba..e69a7f8 100644 --- a/archive/translate/figs-infostructure/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/translate/figs-infostructure/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do languages arrange the parts of a sentence? \ No newline at end of file +How do languages arrange the parts of a sentence? + diff --git a/archive/translate/figs-infostructure/title.md b/archive/translate/figs-infostructure/title.md index c32af0d..75cecce 100644 --- a/archive/translate/figs-infostructure/title.md +++ b/archive/translate/figs-infostructure/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Information Structure \ No newline at end of file +Information Structure + diff --git a/archive/translate/figs-quotemarks/sub-title.md b/archive/translate/figs-quotemarks/sub-title.md index 2016669..4a0b9ea 100644 --- a/archive/translate/figs-quotemarks/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/translate/figs-quotemarks/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can quotes be marked, especially when there are quotes within quotes? \ No newline at end of file +How can quotes be marked, especially when there are quotes within quotes? + diff --git a/archive/translate/figs-quotemarks/title.md b/archive/translate/figs-quotemarks/title.md index 9a6c8f3..2abe9ed 100644 --- a/archive/translate/figs-quotemarks/title.md +++ b/archive/translate/figs-quotemarks/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Quote Markings \ No newline at end of file +Quote Markings + diff --git a/archive/translate/figs-synonparallelism/sub-title.md b/archive/translate/figs-synonparallelism/sub-title.md index a3473bd..25cc200 100644 --- a/archive/translate/figs-synonparallelism/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/translate/figs-synonparallelism/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is parallelism with the same meaning? \ No newline at end of file +What is parallelism with the same meaning? + diff --git a/archive/translate/figs-synonparallelism/title.md b/archive/translate/figs-synonparallelism/title.md index 200c380..74708f6 100644 --- a/archive/translate/figs-synonparallelism/title.md +++ b/archive/translate/figs-synonparallelism/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Parallelism with the Same Meaning \ No newline at end of file +Parallelism with the Same Meaning + diff --git a/archive/translate/resources-alter/01.md b/archive/translate/resources-alter/01.md index bd72f93..f3407cb 100644 --- a/archive/translate/resources-alter/01.md +++ b/archive/translate/resources-alter/01.md @@ -29,4 +29,5 @@ This note provides an example of how translators can translate this passive sent * **why are you persecuting me?** - This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages, it may be more natural to translate this as a statement or command. Alternate translation: "You are persecuting me!" or "Stop persecuting me!" (See: *Rhetorical Questions*) -The translation suggestion here provides an alternate way to translate the rhetorical question if your language does not use that form of rhetorical question to rebuke someone. \ No newline at end of file +The translation suggestion here provides an alternate way to translate the rhetorical question if your language does not use that form of rhetorical question to rebuke someone. + diff --git a/archive/translate/resources-alter/sub-title.md b/archive/translate/resources-alter/sub-title.md index 57cce51..07bea0e 100644 --- a/archive/translate/resources-alter/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/translate/resources-alter/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What translating decision should I make when I see "AT:" in the notes? \ No newline at end of file +What translating decision should I make when I see "AT:" in the notes? + diff --git a/archive/translate/resources-alter/title.md b/archive/translate/resources-alter/title.md index 3f8e5a1..ce08f3e 100644 --- a/archive/translate/resources-alter/title.md +++ b/archive/translate/resources-alter/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes with Alternate Translations (AT) \ No newline at end of file +Notes with Alternate Translations (AT) + diff --git a/archive/translate/resources-clarify/01.md b/archive/translate/resources-clarify/01.md index c1d08a0..0924122 100644 --- a/archive/translate/resources-clarify/01.md +++ b/archive/translate/resources-clarify/01.md @@ -23,4 +23,5 @@ The Note for this verse says: * **he fell on his face** - "he knelt and touched the ground with his face" or "he bowed down to the ground" (UDB) -Here the words from the UDB are provided as another translation suggestion. \ No newline at end of file +Here the words from the UDB are provided as another translation suggestion. + diff --git a/archive/translate/resources-clarify/sub-title.md b/archive/translate/resources-clarify/sub-title.md index 1b28a38..ad0a966 100644 --- a/archive/translate/resources-clarify/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/translate/resources-clarify/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why do some translationNotes have quotes from the UDB? \ No newline at end of file +Why do some translationNotes have quotes from the UDB? + diff --git a/archive/translate/resources-clarify/title.md b/archive/translate/resources-clarify/title.md index 0b810fe..5f5bb18 100644 --- a/archive/translate/resources-clarify/title.md +++ b/archive/translate/resources-clarify/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes that Include a Quote from the UDB \ No newline at end of file +Notes that Include a Quote from the UDB + diff --git a/archive/translate/resources-connec/t01.md b/archive/translate/resources-connec/t01.md index 6e83992..3d0d2dd 100644 --- a/archive/translate/resources-connec/t01.md +++ b/archive/translate/resources-connec/t01.md @@ -51,4 +51,5 @@ This note lets you know who the pronouns refer to. You may need to add something * **General Information:** - This verse gives background information about the man from Ethiopia. (See: *Backgrounds*) -This note alerts you to some background information so you can use your language's ways of showing this. The note includes a link to the page about background information so you can learn more about how to translate that kind of information. \ No newline at end of file +This note alerts you to some background information so you can use your language's ways of showing this. The note includes a link to the page about background information so you can learn more about how to translate that kind of information. + diff --git a/archive/translate/translate-aim/01.md b/archive/translate/translate-aim/01.md index d6ffaac..7bb7f67 100644 --- a/archive/translate/translate-aim/01.md +++ b/archive/translate/translate-aim/01.md @@ -33,3 +33,4 @@ Translators can aim their translation at Christians who want to study the Bible 1. Try to invent new expressions in the target language that signal more of the meaning carried by biblical words. If translators do this, they must become creative with the target language. We do not recommend that you follow this second path unless the target language already has a Bible translation that communicates in a clear and natural way. + diff --git a/archive/translate/translate-alphabet2/01.md b/archive/translate/translate-alphabet2/01.md index bd10069..c344c69 100644 --- a/archive/translate/translate-alphabet2/01.md +++ b/archive/translate/translate-alphabet2/01.md @@ -92,3 +92,4 @@ The **manner of articulation** describes how the airflow is slowed. It can come Liquid /l /r Semi-vowel /w /y h/ Nasals /m /n + diff --git a/archive/translate/translate-decimal/sub-title.md b/archive/translate/translate-decimal/sub-title.md index d668a33..1f89155 100644 --- a/archive/translate/translate-decimal/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/translate/translate-decimal/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are ordinal numbers and how can I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +What are ordinal numbers and how can I translate them? + diff --git a/archive/translate/translate-decimal/title.md b/archive/translate/translate-decimal/title.md index 6b0b7be..eac5f47 100644 --- a/archive/translate/translate-decimal/title.md +++ b/archive/translate/translate-decimal/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Decimal Numbers \ No newline at end of file +Decimal Numbers + diff --git a/archive/translate/translate-discover/sub-title.md b/archive/translate/translate-discover/sub-title.md index 4d99d94..af24db7 100644 --- a/archive/translate/translate-discover/sub-title.md +++ b/archive/translate/translate-discover/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How Do I Discover the Meaning of the Text? \ No newline at end of file +How Do I Discover the Meaning of the Text? + diff --git a/archive/translate/translate-discover/title.md b/archive/translate/translate-discover/title.md index a5bd051..026d74a 100644 --- a/archive/translate/translate-discover/title.md +++ b/archive/translate/translate-discover/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Discover the Meaning of the Text \ No newline at end of file +Discover the Meaning of the Text + diff --git a/archives/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/title.md b/archives/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/title.md index 1c6cb03..e582564 100644 --- a/archives/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/title.md +++ b/archives/checking/vol2-backtranslation-written/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Kinds of Written Back Translations \ No newline at end of file +Kinds of Written Back Translations + diff --git a/arhive/checking/vol2-steps/sub-title.md b/arhive/checking/vol2-steps/sub-title.md index 799f59f..9a0d378 100644 --- a/arhive/checking/vol2-steps/sub-title.md +++ b/arhive/checking/vol2-steps/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the steps I should follow to check someone else's translation? \ No newline at end of file +What are the steps I should follow to check someone else's translation? + diff --git a/checking/authentic-assessment/01.md b/checking/authentic-assessment/01.md index 0f409c3..a7a7048 100644 --- a/checking/authentic-assessment/01.md +++ b/checking/authentic-assessment/01.md @@ -72,8 +72,12 @@ Notice that in condensing the qualities some of the items on the list are combin Final Rubric +<<<<<<< HEAD Turn each definition into a "yes/no" Measurement: +======= +Turn each definition into a “yes/no” Measurement: +>>>>>>> Conform file to have EOL at end Accurate @@ -125,4 +129,9 @@ Equal c. Are political terms/expressions of authority/positions clearly articulated? d. Is tone and purpose clear and identifiable? -The questions are designed as yes/no. If the answer is yes 70% of the time, but no the other 30%, then the answer is "No". The question has to be answered yes 100% of the time to be "Yes". In this way areas that need attention (even down to the minute details) will get reviewed and edited. \ No newline at end of file +<<<<<<< HEAD +The questions are designed as yes/no. If the answer is yes 70% of the time, but no the other 30%, then the answer is "No". The question has to be answered yes 100% of the time to be "Yes". In this way areas that need attention (even down to the minute details) will get reviewed and edited. +======= +The questions are designed as yes/no. If the answer is yes 70% of the time, but no the other 30%, then the answer is "No". The question has to be answered yes 100% of the time to be "Yes". In this way areas that need attention (even down to the minutist detail) will get reviewed and edited. + +>>>>>>> Conform file to have EOL at end diff --git a/checking/authentic-assessment/sub-title.md b/checking/authentic-assessment/sub-title.md index 3a3ef6b..1e70896 100644 --- a/checking/authentic-assessment/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/authentic-assessment/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What qualities are essential to a good translation? \ No newline at end of file +What qualities are essential to a good translation? + diff --git a/checking/authentic-assessment/title.md b/checking/authentic-assessment/title.md index 67a3da9..96e4447 100644 --- a/checking/authentic-assessment/title.md +++ b/checking/authentic-assessment/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Authentic Assessment \ No newline at end of file +Authentic Assessment + diff --git a/checking/authority-level1/01.md b/checking/authority-level1/01.md index 5f37c44..088e284 100644 --- a/checking/authority-level1/01.md +++ b/checking/authority-level1/01.md @@ -7,4 +7,5 @@ To achieve this level, the translation team asserts that the [Statement of Faith The translation team asserts that the translation has been done in accordance with the MAST process and that they have made use of available exegetical and translation checking resources in the translation process, including the translationNotes and translationWords. -An explanation of the steps followed during level one checking are available at Level 1. \ No newline at end of file +An explanation of the steps followed during level one checking are available at Level 1. + diff --git a/checking/authority-level1/sub-title.md b/checking/authority-level1/sub-title.md index 3c398cd..1039957 100644 --- a/checking/authority-level1/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/authority-level1/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is authority level 1? \ No newline at end of file +What is authority level 1? + diff --git a/checking/authority-level1/title.md b/checking/authority-level1/title.md index 0aa7658..ac34bad 100644 --- a/checking/authority-level1/title.md +++ b/checking/authority-level1/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Authority Level 1 \ No newline at end of file +Authority Level 1 + diff --git a/checking/authority-level2/01.md b/checking/authority-level2/01.md index f0fd024..e7fb4d0 100644 --- a/checking/authority-level2/01.md +++ b/checking/authority-level2/01.md @@ -13,3 +13,4 @@ To achieve this level, the translation team will submit the translation to membe The translation team will edit the translation based on these reviews so that the language community affirms that it is natural and clear, the church leaders affirm that it is accurate. The rubric created during the authentic assessment process will be used as a guide during this check. Specific steps to be taken for this level of checking can be found at Level 2. + diff --git a/checking/authority-level2/sub-title.md b/checking/authority-level2/sub-title.md index 72f397a..52e2c87 100644 --- a/checking/authority-level2/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/authority-level2/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is authority level 2? \ No newline at end of file +What is authority level 2? + diff --git a/checking/authority-level2/title.md b/checking/authority-level2/title.md index 600eef0..cfd26cc 100644 --- a/checking/authority-level2/title.md +++ b/checking/authority-level2/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Authority Level 2 \ No newline at end of file +Authority Level 2 + diff --git a/checking/authority-level3/01.md b/checking/authority-level3/01.md index f10397f..3cba9e6 100644 --- a/checking/authority-level3/01.md +++ b/checking/authority-level3/01.md @@ -9,4 +9,5 @@ The translation team will edit the translation so that the leadership of these c The authentic assessment rubric will be used to guide this process. Specific steps for level 3 checking are available at Level 3. -Level 3 is completed when the translation has been thoroughly checked and approved by the leadership (or their delegates) of at least two church networks. \ No newline at end of file +Level 3 is completed when the translation has been thoroughly checked and approved by the leadership (or their delegates) of at least two church networks. + diff --git a/checking/authority-level3/sub-title.md b/checking/authority-level3/sub-title.md index 55b4a38..a9a9fa1 100644 --- a/checking/authority-level3/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/authority-level3/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is authority level 3? \ No newline at end of file +What is authority level 3? + diff --git a/checking/authority-level3/title.md b/checking/authority-level3/title.md index 094871a..5d31510 100644 --- a/checking/authority-level3/title.md +++ b/checking/authority-level3/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Authority Level 3 \ No newline at end of file +Authority Level 3 + diff --git a/checking/authority-process/01.md b/checking/authority-process/01.md index cb560e5..da9682c 100644 --- a/checking/authority-process/01.md +++ b/checking/authority-process/01.md @@ -9,4 +9,5 @@ Every check on the translation will be guided by the authentic assessment rubric * [Authority Level 1](../authority-level1/01.md): Determined by the Church-based translation team * [Authority Level 2](../authority-level2/01.md): Determined by the agreement of pastors/elders who are members of different Church networks in the language group, and tested with the language community -* [Authority Level 3](../authority-level3/01.md): Determined by the leadership of Church networks with a presence in the people group that speaks the language. \ No newline at end of file +* [Authority Level 3](../authority-level3/01.md): Determined by the leadership of Church networks with a presence in the people group that speaks the language. + diff --git a/checking/authority-process/sub-title.md b/checking/authority-process/sub-title.md index 9d8a9e1..18e0219 100644 --- a/checking/authority-process/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/authority-process/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the difference between the authority to check a Bible translation and the process for checking? \ No newline at end of file +What is the difference between the authority to check a Bible translation and the process for checking? + diff --git a/checking/authority-process/title.md b/checking/authority-process/title.md index 0c53310..1dd5518 100644 --- a/checking/authority-process/title.md +++ b/checking/authority-process/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Checking Authority and Process \ No newline at end of file +Checking Authority and Process + diff --git a/checking/formatting/sub-title.md b/checking/formatting/sub-title.md index 4e9b427..5ae01f5 100644 --- a/checking/formatting/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/formatting/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What do I need to do so that the translation looks right? \ No newline at end of file +What do I need to do so that the translation looks right? + diff --git a/checking/formatting/title.md b/checking/formatting/title.md index 705ee13..0c8db00 100644 --- a/checking/formatting/title.md +++ b/checking/formatting/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How to Do a Formatting Check \ No newline at end of file +How to Do a Formatting Check + diff --git a/checking/headings/01.md b/checking/headings/01.md index ea649d0..83eee0b 100644 --- a/checking/headings/01.md +++ b/checking/headings/01.md @@ -17,4 +17,5 @@ There are many different kinds of section headings. Here are some different kind * Question: "Does Jesus have authority to heal and forgive sins?" This one creates a question that the information in the section answers. People who have a lot of questions about the Bible may find this especially helpful. * "About" comment: "About Jesus healing a paralyzed man." This one makes it explicit that it is trying to tell you what the section is about. This may be the one that makes it easiest to see that the heading is not a part of the words of scripture. -As you can see, it is possible to make many different kinds of section headings, but they all have the same purpose. They all give the reader information about the main topic of the section of the Bible that follows. Some are shorter, and some are longer. Some give just a little information, and some give more. You may want to experiment with the different kinds, and ask people which kind they think is most helpful for them. \ No newline at end of file +As you can see, it is possible to make many different kinds of section headings, but they all have the same purpose. They all give the reader information about the main topic of the section of the Bible that follows. Some are shorter, and some are longer. Some give just a little information, and some give more. You may want to experiment with the different kinds, and ask people which kind they think is most helpful for them. + diff --git a/checking/headings/sub-title.md b/checking/headings/sub-title.md index 2f556f1..bc9523f 100644 --- a/checking/headings/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/headings/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What kind of section headings should we use? \ No newline at end of file +What kind of section headings should we use? + diff --git a/checking/headings/title.md b/checking/headings/title.md index 00df7e7..bcf49aa 100644 --- a/checking/headings/title.md +++ b/checking/headings/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Section Headings \ No newline at end of file +Section Headings + diff --git a/checking/intro-check/01.md b/checking/intro-check/01.md index 1e49099..6eb1b33 100644 --- a/checking/intro-check/01.md +++ b/checking/intro-check/01.md @@ -2,9 +2,3 @@ Translation teams should work together (This is often done during the second day of a translation workshop.) to develop an authentic assessment rubric of at least 10 qualities that must be present for a scripture translation to be considered good. These ten qualities are then defined and a measurement for testing them is created, usually in the form of a question. The translation team is guided through this process and the rubric is written down as a guide which will help translators to assess their quality as they go. Thus, the draft is being tested by the same objectivce criteria from the very start of the project. For steps to complete this process, see Authentic Assessment. View additional sample rubrics at v-raft.com. - - - - - - diff --git a/checking/intro-check/sub-title.md b/checking/intro-check/sub-title.md index e44c3d1..e94075f 100644 --- a/checking/intro-check/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/intro-check/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is Authentic Assessment and how does it apply to quality assurance? \ No newline at end of file +What is Authentic Assessment and how does it apply to quality assurance? + diff --git a/checking/intro-check/title.md b/checking/intro-check/title.md index c35bf08..02b52ea 100644 --- a/checking/intro-check/title.md +++ b/checking/intro-check/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Introduction to Authentic Assessment in checking Scripture \ No newline at end of file +Introduction to Authentic Assessment in checking Scripture + diff --git a/checking/intro-checking/01.md b/checking/intro-checking/01.md index b24eb25..5fa7b65 100644 --- a/checking/intro-checking/01.md +++ b/checking/intro-checking/01.md @@ -10,5 +10,5 @@ The checking process begins as soon as a draft has been completed. The MAST meth Two additional levels of checking allow for more exposure to a broader group within the language community. These are not to be viewed as hierarchial but rather spherical--the levels expand the number of eyes that have assessed the translation. - *Credits: Quotation used by permission, © 2013, SIL International, Sharing Our Native Culture, p. 69.* + diff --git a/checking/intro-checking/sub-title.md b/checking/intro-checking/sub-title.md index 84ab040..9f74ba8 100644 --- a/checking/intro-checking/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/intro-checking/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why do we do translation checking? \ No newline at end of file +Why do we do translation checking? + diff --git a/checking/intro-checking/title.md b/checking/intro-checking/title.md index 7de27ba..2aff06e 100644 --- a/checking/intro-checking/title.md +++ b/checking/intro-checking/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Introduction to Translation Checking \ No newline at end of file +Introduction to Translation Checking + diff --git a/checking/intro-levels/01.md b/checking/intro-levels/01.md index 9a1af90..af691ad 100644 --- a/checking/intro-levels/01.md +++ b/checking/intro-levels/01.md @@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ Here are some important tips to remember when working with Checking Levels: * Only scripture translations that have reached Checking Level Three will be approved as source texts for other translations. * The levels are designed to expand the sphere of people who have the opportunity to check the quality of the translation. - ### The Checking Levels The three checking levels are as follows: @@ -20,4 +19,5 @@ During a MAST workshop the translators engage in the checking steps (step 5-8) a Once level one has been achieived, the team is encourageed to print or otherwise publish their translation so that it can be immediately useful. At this time they are also invited to upload their translation to the Wycliffe Associates content server. This provides for the next two checking levels. When the translation has been tested by church leaders and other Christian members of the community it is considered to have reached level two. Finally, some translation teams may wish to have their work tested and approved by a network of denominational leaders and scholars. If this is achieived the translation is considered to have reached a level three. -Once the translation has reached level one, the translation team and church leaders will determine what further checking and subsequent levels should be reached. The levels as explained in this manuel are a guide for affirming quality and expanding the exposure of a new translation. \ No newline at end of file +Once the translation has reached level one, the translation team and church leaders will determine what further checking and subsequent levels should be reached. The levels as explained in this manuel are a guide for affirming quality and expanding the exposure of a new translation. + diff --git a/checking/intro-levels/sub-title.md b/checking/intro-levels/sub-title.md index 85925ba..3a78057 100644 --- a/checking/intro-levels/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/intro-levels/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do the checking levels work? \ No newline at end of file +How do the checking levels work? + diff --git a/checking/intro-levels/title.md b/checking/intro-levels/title.md index fd834a8..16fdd24 100644 --- a/checking/intro-levels/title.md +++ b/checking/intro-levels/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Introduction to the Checking Levels \ No newline at end of file +Introduction to the Checking Levels + diff --git a/checking/key-word-check/sub-title.md b/checking/key-word-check/sub-title.md index 55a8fc8..6b4ef7d 100644 --- a/checking/key-word-check/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/key-word-check/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I check that the correct key words are used in my translation? \ No newline at end of file +How can I check that the correct key words are used in my translation? + diff --git a/checking/key-word-check/title.md b/checking/key-word-check/title.md index d624469..6401c63 100644 --- a/checking/key-word-check/title.md +++ b/checking/key-word-check/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Key Word Check \ No newline at end of file +Key Word Check + diff --git a/checking/level1-affirm/sub-title.md b/checking/level1-affirm/sub-title.md index cbd1f4e..3acc171 100644 --- a/checking/level1-affirm/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/level1-affirm/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I affirm that I have finished level 1 checking? \ No newline at end of file +How do I affirm that I have finished level 1 checking? + diff --git a/checking/level1-affirm/title.md b/checking/level1-affirm/title.md index 8e3caf2..cf276e3 100644 --- a/checking/level1-affirm/title.md +++ b/checking/level1-affirm/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Level 1 Affirmation \ No newline at end of file +Level 1 Affirmation + diff --git a/checking/level1/01.md b/checking/level1/01.md index 91acfec..5896544 100644 --- a/checking/level1/01.md +++ b/checking/level1/01.md @@ -14,4 +14,5 @@ These are the steps that the translation team must follow in order to achieve Ch 3. The keywords of the passage or systematically checked against the list of key words in the available tool designed specifically to support this checking step. Alternatively, the translation team can create their own list of key words--abstract spiritual terms, historical and geographical terms and names--and carefully compare their drafted text to that list. This step is typically done by the translator and at least one other member of the translation team. Refer to the key word check page for more instructions on this check. 4. Each verse is carefully checked comparing the drafted text to the original source text, looking for any missing portions or added material. This check is typically done with the translator of the passage and at least one other member of the translation team--preferably a different member than assisted in the keyword check. -When these steps have been completed, edits have been incorporated into the translated portion, and the translation team is collectively satisifed with the product, it is considered level one checked. At this point, if the translation team desires to do so, they are invited to upload the translation to the Wycliffe Associates content server. It can then be published to bibleineverylanguage.org to reach a broader community. \ No newline at end of file +When these steps have been completed, edits have been incorporated into the translated portion, and the translation team is collectively satisifed with the product, it is considered level one checked. At this point, if the translation team desires to do so, they are invited to upload the translation to the Wycliffe Associates content server. It can then be published to bibleineverylanguage.org to reach a broader community. + diff --git a/checking/level1/sub-title.md b/checking/level1/sub-title.md index 8b8d110..ae16221 100644 --- a/checking/level1/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/level1/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I do a level one check? \ No newline at end of file +How do I do a level one check? + diff --git a/checking/level1/title.md b/checking/level1/title.md index 399737e..3ead153 100644 --- a/checking/level1/title.md +++ b/checking/level1/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Checking Level One - Affirmation by Translation Team \ No newline at end of file +Checking Level One - Affirmation by Translation Team + diff --git a/checking/level2/01.md b/checking/level2/01.md index a1f6b70..2aceaf7 100644 --- a/checking/level2/01.md +++ b/checking/level2/01.md @@ -13,4 +13,3 @@ These tools have been created to assist teams in checking and are recommending f Key elements of this level of checking are: pastors AND Christians in the community have read (or listened to) the translated scriptures and contributed to their improvement, the above listed tools have been employed for ensuring accuracy and completeness, the translation team has been responsible to respond to feedback and implement changes in the translation where needed. When this has been done, the translation is considered to be at level two. - diff --git a/checking/level2/sub-title.md b/checking/level2/sub-title.md index a26fa4b..e69ea7a 100644 --- a/checking/level2/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/level2/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I do a level 2 check? \ No newline at end of file +How do I do a level 2 check? + diff --git a/checking/level2/title.md b/checking/level2/title.md index 02aec92..5941ed0 100644 --- a/checking/level2/title.md +++ b/checking/level2/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Checking Level Two - Affirmation by Community \ No newline at end of file +Checking Level Two - Affirmation by Community + diff --git a/checking/level3-approval/01.md b/checking/level3-approval/01.md index 59f4f23..6d5189e 100644 --- a/checking/level3-approval/01.md +++ b/checking/level3-approval/01.md @@ -14,4 +14,5 @@ Signed: *sign here* Position: *fill in your position here* -For Gateway Languages, you will need to follow the [Source Text Process](../../process/source-text-process/01.md) so that your translation can become a source text. \ No newline at end of file +For Gateway Languages, you will need to follow the [Source Text Process](../../process/source-text-process/01.md) so that your translation can become a source text. + diff --git a/checking/level3-approval/sub-title.md b/checking/level3-approval/sub-title.md index 8623174..f2e3635 100644 --- a/checking/level3-approval/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/level3-approval/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I affirm a Level 3 approval of the translation? \ No newline at end of file +How can I affirm a Level 3 approval of the translation? + diff --git a/checking/level3-approval/title.md b/checking/level3-approval/title.md index 3646cb1..79e6e8b 100644 --- a/checking/level3-approval/title.md +++ b/checking/level3-approval/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Level 3 Approval \ No newline at end of file +Level 3 Approval + diff --git a/checking/level3/01.md b/checking/level3/01.md index 5bbf6d6..ae24b4c 100644 --- a/checking/level3/01.md +++ b/checking/level3/01.md @@ -31,4 +31,5 @@ If you answer "yes" to any of the questions in this second group, please explain If there were problems with the translation, make plans to meet with the translation team and resolve these problems. After you meet with them, the translation team may need to check their revised translation with the community leaders to make sure that it still communicates well, and then meet with you again. - Once the translation team has addressed suggestions to the satisfaction of the checking team, the scripture is considered to be checked to level three. You may at this time, wish to fill out the approval of level 3 check together and sign it. \ No newline at end of file + Once the translation team has addressed suggestions to the satisfaction of the checking team, the scripture is considered to be checked to level three. You may at this time, wish to fill out the approval of level 3 check together and sign it. + diff --git a/checking/level3/sub-title.md b/checking/level3/sub-title.md index 5c66f99..fd0c565 100644 --- a/checking/level3/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/level3/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I do a level 3 check? \ No newline at end of file +How do I do a level 3 check? + diff --git a/checking/level3/title.md b/checking/level3/title.md index 47d1b2c..75a2bd9 100644 --- a/checking/level3/title.md +++ b/checking/level3/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Checking Level Three - Affirmation by Church Leadership \ No newline at end of file +Checking Level Three - Affirmation by Church Leadership + diff --git a/checking/other-methods/sub-title.md b/checking/other-methods/sub-title.md index 5b34621..dcc8cee 100644 --- a/checking/other-methods/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/other-methods/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some other methods that I can use to check the translation? \ No newline at end of file +What are some other methods that I can use to check the translation? + diff --git a/checking/other-methods/title.md b/checking/other-methods/title.md index e2caccf..805ca84 100644 --- a/checking/other-methods/title.md +++ b/checking/other-methods/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Other Methods \ No newline at end of file +Other Methods + diff --git a/checking/peer-edit/sub-title.md b/checking/peer-edit/sub-title.md index 4d84f77..1288a5b 100644 --- a/checking/peer-edit/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/peer-edit/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can others help me check my work? \ No newline at end of file +How can others help me check my work? + diff --git a/checking/peer-edit/title.md b/checking/peer-edit/title.md index 9d4e6ff..73855f8 100644 --- a/checking/peer-edit/title.md +++ b/checking/peer-edit/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Peer Edit \ No newline at end of file +Peer Edit + diff --git a/checking/punctuation/01.md b/checking/punctuation/01.md index 1954879..d01b758 100644 --- a/checking/punctuation/01.md +++ b/checking/punctuation/01.md @@ -3,4 +3,5 @@ It is helpful if the translation team decides on the methods of punctuation that you will use in the translation, before you begin. It may be easiest to adopt the method of punctuation that the national language uses, or that a national language Bible or related-language Bible uses. Once the team decides on a method, make sure that everyone follows it. It may be helpful to distribute a guide sheet to each of the team members with examples on it of the correct way to use the different punctuation marks. -Even with the guide sheet, it is common for translators to make mistakes in punctuation. As you go through the different levels of checking, keep your eye open for inconsistancies in punctuation. Additionally, you can ask some with appropriate education from your language group to read through and edit the translation for punctuation, make notes of questionable areas for the translation team to review and edit. \ No newline at end of file +Even with the guide sheet, it is common for translators to make mistakes in punctuation. As you go through the different levels of checking, keep your eye open for inconsistancies in punctuation. Additionally, you can ask some with appropriate education from your language group to read through and edit the translation for punctuation, make notes of questionable areas for the translation team to review and edit. + diff --git a/checking/punctuation/sub-title.md b/checking/punctuation/sub-title.md index 6083f88..41ec703 100644 --- a/checking/punctuation/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/punctuation/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Does the translation use consistent punctuation? \ No newline at end of file +Does the translation use consistent punctuation? + diff --git a/checking/punctuation/title.md b/checking/punctuation/title.md index 734489c..a385545 100644 --- a/checking/punctuation/title.md +++ b/checking/punctuation/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Consistent Punctuation \ No newline at end of file +Consistent Punctuation + diff --git a/checking/self-edit/sub-title.md b/checking/self-edit/sub-title.md index 24f1c55..44f1170 100644 --- a/checking/self-edit/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/self-edit/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I check my first draft? \ No newline at end of file +How do I check my first draft? + diff --git a/checking/self-edit/title.md b/checking/self-edit/title.md index 8717fb7..ef8e916 100644 --- a/checking/self-edit/title.md +++ b/checking/self-edit/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Self Edit \ No newline at end of file +Self Edit + diff --git a/checking/spelling/01.md b/checking/spelling/01.md index fd28aac..5344f2c 100644 --- a/checking/spelling/01.md +++ b/checking/spelling/01.md @@ -5,4 +5,5 @@ Discuss the words that are difficult to spell as a team. If the words have sound The names of people and places in the Bible can be difficult to spell because many of them are unknown in target languages. Be sure to include these in your spelling list. -Computers can be a great help for checking spelling. If you are working on a Gateway Language, a word processor may have a dictionary already available. If you are translating into an Other Language, you can use the find and replace feature to fix misspelled words. ParaTExt also has a spell check feature which will find all variant spellings of words. It will present these to you and then you can choose which spellings you have decided to use. \ No newline at end of file +Computers can be a great help for checking spelling. If you are working on a Gateway Language, a word processor may have a dictionary already available. If you are translating into an Other Language, you can use the find and replace feature to fix misspelled words. ParaTExt also has a spell check feature which will find all variant spellings of words. It will present these to you and then you can choose which spellings you have decided to use. + diff --git a/checking/spelling/sub-title.md b/checking/spelling/sub-title.md index 653b5eb..b26eae0 100644 --- a/checking/spelling/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/spelling/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Are words in the translation spelled consistently? \ No newline at end of file +Are words in the translation spelled consistently? + diff --git a/checking/spelling/title.md b/checking/spelling/title.md index 43fec4e..eee212e 100644 --- a/checking/spelling/title.md +++ b/checking/spelling/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Consistent Spelling \ No newline at end of file +Consistent Spelling + diff --git a/checking/verses/01.md b/checking/verses/01.md index f86e8d6..ecd5a13 100644 --- a/checking/verses/01.md +++ b/checking/verses/01.md @@ -9,4 +9,5 @@ It is important that your target language translation include all of the verses ### Checking for Missing Verses -In order to check your translation for missing verses, after a book has been translated, import the translation into ParaTExt. Then run the check for "chapter/verse numbers." ParaTExt will give you a list of everywhere in that book that it finds verses missing. You can then look at each of those places and decide if the verse is missing on purpose because of one of the three reasons above, or if it is missing by mistake and you need to go back and translate that verse. \ No newline at end of file +In order to check your translation for missing verses, after a book has been translated, import the translation into ParaTExt. Then run the check for "chapter/verse numbers." ParaTExt will give you a list of everywhere in that book that it finds verses missing. You can then look at each of those places and decide if the verse is missing on purpose because of one of the three reasons above, or if it is missing by mistake and you need to go back and translate that verse. + diff --git a/checking/verses/sub-title.md b/checking/verses/sub-title.md index 7ea519b..d6b3899 100644 --- a/checking/verses/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/verses/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Are any verses missing in the translation? \ No newline at end of file +Are any verses missing in the translation? + diff --git a/checking/verses/title.md b/checking/verses/title.md index ae6c20b..d9d84ac 100644 --- a/checking/verses/title.md +++ b/checking/verses/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Complete Versification \ No newline at end of file +Complete Versification + diff --git a/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/title.md b/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/title.md index e42cf57..2865198 100644 --- a/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/title.md +++ b/checking/vol2-backtranslation-purpose/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -The Purpose of the Back Translation \ No newline at end of file +The Purpose of the Back Translation + diff --git a/checking/vol2-intro/01.md b/checking/vol2-intro/01.md index d6c3ff2..85553c7 100644 --- a/checking/vol2-intro/01.md +++ b/checking/vol2-intro/01.md @@ -3,4 +3,5 @@ We have seen where the translation team will do a lot of checking of their own t For Level Two and Level Three, the translation team needs to take their work to members of the language community and to the church leaders. This is necessary because the translation team is very close to and involved in their work; thus they occasionally miss mistakes that others can see more easily. Other speakers of the language can suggest better ways of saying things that the translation team may not have thought of. Sometimes the translation team makes the translation sound strange because they are following the words of the source language too closely. Other speakers of the language can help them fix that. Also, the translation team may lack some of the expertise or knowledge of the Bible that others have, and so there may be some mistakes that others can correct for them. For these reasons, people that are not part of the translation team need to check the translation. -In this manual, you will find guidelines for level two and level three checks, which each take the translated portions out into the wider community for further review. \ No newline at end of file +In this manual, you will find guidelines for level two and level three checks, which each take the translated portions out into the wider community for further review. + diff --git a/checking/vol2-intro/sub-title.md b/checking/vol2-intro/sub-title.md index 17b3bc0..22a830d 100644 --- a/checking/vol2-intro/sub-title.md +++ b/checking/vol2-intro/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why should I check someone else's translation? \ No newline at end of file +Why should I check someone else's translation? + diff --git a/checking/vol2-intro/title.md b/checking/vol2-intro/title.md index 19a7b4d..7cec68b 100644 --- a/checking/vol2-intro/title.md +++ b/checking/vol2-intro/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Introduction to Translation Checking - Part 2 \ No newline at end of file +Introduction to Translation Checking - Part 2 + diff --git a/intro/finding-answers/sub-title.md b/intro/finding-answers/sub-title.md index 570669d..9c2e7fb 100644 --- a/intro/finding-answers/sub-title.md +++ b/intro/finding-answers/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Where can I find answers to my questions? \ No newline at end of file +Where can I find answers to my questions? + diff --git a/intro/finding-answers/title.md b/intro/finding-answers/title.md index cc14f8d..3ce29fc 100644 --- a/intro/finding-answers/title.md +++ b/intro/finding-answers/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How to Get Answers \ No newline at end of file +How to Get Answers + diff --git a/intro/gl-strategy/01.md b/intro/gl-strategy/01.md index 909e141..4e5c4fe 100644 --- a/intro/gl-strategy/01.md +++ b/intro/gl-strategy/01.md @@ -9,3 +9,4 @@ At the country level, the gateway languages of a given country are the fewest la ### Effects This model has two basic effects: First, it empowers all languages to "pull" content to their language once the content and helps have been "pushed" into a language accessible to every language of the world (a gateway language). Second, it limits the amount of translation that needs to be done as the translation helps only have to be translated into the gateway language. All other languages can translate only the biblical content, since no language will be dependent upon them for understanding the translation helps. + diff --git a/intro/gl-strategy/sub-title.md b/intro/gl-strategy/sub-title.md index 99769ce..1ebcb80 100644 --- a/intro/gl-strategy/sub-title.md +++ b/intro/gl-strategy/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can every language be reached? \ No newline at end of file +How can every language be reached? + diff --git a/intro/gl-strategy/title.md b/intro/gl-strategy/title.md index 29bf727..e034255 100644 --- a/intro/gl-strategy/title.md +++ b/intro/gl-strategy/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Gateway Languages Strategy \ No newline at end of file +Gateway Languages Strategy + diff --git a/intro/open-license/01.md b/intro/open-license/01.md index 4389409..bf154ba 100644 --- a/intro/open-license/01.md +++ b/intro/open-license/01.md @@ -49,3 +49,4 @@ Source texts may only be used if they have one of the following licenses: * **[Free Translate License](http://ufw.io/freetranslate/)** See [Copyrights, Licensing, and Source Texts](../../translate/translate-source-licensing/01.md) for more information. + diff --git a/intro/open-license/sub-title.md b/intro/open-license/sub-title.md index 82a946a..cbc99c3 100644 --- a/intro/open-license/sub-title.md +++ b/intro/open-license/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What freedoms do users have with unfoldingWord content? \ No newline at end of file +What freedoms do users have with unfoldingWord content? + diff --git a/intro/open-license/title.md b/intro/open-license/title.md index d7acdf5..0c1c0c7 100644 --- a/intro/open-license/title.md +++ b/intro/open-license/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Open License \ No newline at end of file +Open License + diff --git a/intro/statement-of-faith/01.md b/intro/statement-of-faith/01.md index 0910767..1f6155a 100644 --- a/intro/statement-of-faith/01.md +++ b/intro/statement-of-faith/01.md @@ -42,3 +42,4 @@ Essential beliefs are what define a follower of Jesus Christ and can never be co #### Peripheral beliefs Peripheral beliefs are everything else that is in Scripture but about which sincere followers of Christ may disagree (e.g. Baptism, Lord's Supper, the Rapture, etc.). We choose to agree to disagree agreeably on these topics and press on together toward a common goal of making disciples of every people group (Matthew 28:18-20). + diff --git a/intro/statement-of-faith/sub-title.md b/intro/statement-of-faith/sub-title.md index 6d31544..9733424 100644 --- a/intro/statement-of-faith/sub-title.md +++ b/intro/statement-of-faith/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What do we believe? \ No newline at end of file +What do we believe? + diff --git a/intro/statement-of-faith/title.md b/intro/statement-of-faith/title.md index d63e3c3..c34648c 100644 --- a/intro/statement-of-faith/title.md +++ b/intro/statement-of-faith/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Statement of Faith \ No newline at end of file +Statement of Faith + diff --git a/intro/ta-intro/01.md b/intro/ta-intro/01.md index 09516ac..a9fb7e3 100644 --- a/intro/ta-intro/01.md +++ b/intro/ta-intro/01.md @@ -6,3 +6,4 @@ The Translation Manual contains the following sections: * [Translation Tips and Practices](../../translate/translate/01.md) - explains the basics of translation theory and practical translation helps * [Learning Topics](../../translate/translate-manual/01.md) - these are practical translation helps that are also linked from the translationNotes * [Checking](../../checking/intro-check/01.md) - explains the basics of checking theory and best practices + diff --git a/intro/ta-intro/sub-title.md b/intro/ta-intro/sub-title.md index 923077b..1222a73 100644 --- a/intro/ta-intro/sub-title.md +++ b/intro/ta-intro/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the Translation Manual? \ No newline at end of file +What is the Translation Manual? + diff --git a/intro/ta-intro/title.md b/intro/ta-intro/title.md index 153ee3b..5c34875 100644 --- a/intro/ta-intro/title.md +++ b/intro/ta-intro/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Introduction to the Translation Manual \ No newline at end of file +Introduction to the Translation Manual + diff --git a/intro/translate-why/01.md b/intro/translate-why/01.md index 2230e6a..40458aa 100644 --- a/intro/translate-why/01.md +++ b/intro/translate-why/01.md @@ -10,3 +10,4 @@ Someone's "mother tongue" or "heart language" means the language they first spok Every language is important and valuable. Small languages are just as important as the national languages spoken in your country, and they can express meaning just as well. No one should be ashamed to speak their dialect. Sometimes, those in minority groups feel ashamed of their language and try not to use it around the people who are in the majority in their nation. But there is nothing inherently more important, more prestigious, or more educated about the national language than there is about local languages. Each language has nuances and shades of meaning that are unique. We should use the language we are most comfortable with and with which we best communicate with others. *Credits: Taken from "Bible Translation Theory & Practice" by Todd Price, Ph.D. CC BY-SA 4.0* + diff --git a/intro/translate-why/sub-title.md b/intro/translate-why/sub-title.md index f7a9e62..75fd683 100644 --- a/intro/translate-why/sub-title.md +++ b/intro/translate-why/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why should we translate the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +Why should we translate the Bible? + diff --git a/intro/translate-why/title.md b/intro/translate-why/title.md index 03dd068..4c2754f 100644 --- a/intro/translate-why/title.md +++ b/intro/translate-why/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why We Translate the Bible \ No newline at end of file +Why We Translate the Bible + diff --git a/intro/translation-guidelines/sub-title.md b/intro/translation-guidelines/sub-title.md index 3fb21fe..7a27ad2 100644 --- a/intro/translation-guidelines/sub-title.md +++ b/intro/translation-guidelines/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -By what principles do we translate? \ No newline at end of file +By what principles do we translate? + diff --git a/intro/translation-guidelines/title.md b/intro/translation-guidelines/title.md index 75f93e8..a50ac64 100644 --- a/intro/translation-guidelines/title.md +++ b/intro/translation-guidelines/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Translation Guidelines \ No newline at end of file +Translation Guidelines + diff --git a/intro/uw-intro/sub-title.md b/intro/uw-intro/sub-title.md index 26444b2..41d087b 100644 --- a/intro/uw-intro/sub-title.md +++ b/intro/uw-intro/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the unfoldingWord Project? \ No newline at end of file +What is the unfoldingWord Project? + diff --git a/intro/uw-intro/title.md b/intro/uw-intro/title.md index 41f29a9..66e948a 100644 --- a/intro/uw-intro/title.md +++ b/intro/uw-intro/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -The unfoldingWord Project \ No newline at end of file +The unfoldingWord Project + diff --git a/jit/biblicalimageryta/01.md b/jit/biblicalimageryta/01.md index cd5cfe9..8f79673 100644 --- a/jit/biblicalimageryta/01.md +++ b/jit/biblicalimageryta/01.md @@ -33,3 +33,4 @@ The Bible often speaks of God as if he were a shepherd and his people were sheep Some of the cultural models in the Bible were used much by the cultures in the Ancient Near East, and not only by the Israelites. "see [Biblical Imagery - Cultural Models](../bita-part3/01.md) for a list of cultural models in the Bible." + diff --git a/jit/biblicalimageryta/sub-title.md b/jit/biblicalimageryta/sub-title.md index 023c950..57e574a 100644 --- a/jit/biblicalimageryta/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/biblicalimageryta/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What kinds of imagery are commonly used in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What kinds of imagery are commonly used in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/biblicalimageryta/title.md b/jit/biblicalimageryta/title.md index 8a31cf7..a142b77 100644 --- a/jit/biblicalimageryta/title.md +++ b/jit/biblicalimageryta/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery + diff --git a/jit/bita-animals/01.md b/jit/bita-animals/01.md index 39b5517..92e5422 100644 --- a/jit/bita-animals/01.md +++ b/jit/bita-animals/01.md @@ -89,3 +89,4 @@ In Matthew, John the Baptist called the religious leaders vipers because of the >then after this, Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon broke his bones. (Jeremiah 50:17 ULB) >See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves, so be as wise as serpents and harmless as doves. Watch out for people! They will deliver you up to councils, and they will whip you in their synagogues. (Matthew 10:16 ULB) + diff --git a/jit/bita-animals/sub-title.md b/jit/bita-animals/sub-title.md index 02f9d6d..e13ea97 100644 --- a/jit/bita-animals/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/bita-animals/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some examples of animals and animal body parts that are used as images in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What are some examples of animals and animal body parts that are used as images in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/bita-animals/title.md b/jit/bita-animals/title.md index c76a4b2..41c625c 100644 --- a/jit/bita-animals/title.md +++ b/jit/bita-animals/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery - Animals \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery - Animals + diff --git a/jit/bita-farming/01.md b/jit/bita-farming/01.md index e057025..f3ccad6 100644 --- a/jit/bita-farming/01.md +++ b/jit/bita-farming/01.md @@ -50,3 +50,4 @@ After farmers harvest wheat and other types of grain, they bring them to a _thre >For the land that drinks in the rain that often comes on it, and that gives birth to the plants useful to those for whom the land was worked—this is the land that receives a blessing from God. But if it bears thorns and thistles, it is worthless and is near to a curse. Its end is in burning. (Hebrews 6:7-8 ULB) >Be patient, then, brothers, until the Lord's coming. See how the farmer waits for the precious fruit from the ground and he is patient about it, until it receives the early and late rains. (James 5:7 ULB) + diff --git a/jit/bita-farming/sub-title.md b/jit/bita-farming/sub-title.md index a282894..bb5a5b3 100644 --- a/jit/bita-farming/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/bita-farming/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some examples in the Bible of images taken from farming? \ No newline at end of file +What are some examples in the Bible of images taken from farming? + diff --git a/jit/bita-farming/title.md b/jit/bita-farming/title.md index 5f75250..c3dc8eb 100644 --- a/jit/bita-farming/title.md +++ b/jit/bita-farming/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery - Farming \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery - Farming + diff --git a/jit/bita-hq/01.md b/jit/bita-hq/01.md index 98b3325..b5897d2 100644 --- a/jit/bita-hq/01.md +++ b/jit/bita-hq/01.md @@ -127,3 +127,4 @@ Children of wrath here are people with whom God is very angry. ### Translation Strategies (see the Translations Strategies on [Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns](../bita-part1/01.md)) + diff --git a/jit/bita-hq/sub-title.md b/jit/bita-hq/sub-title.md index 9d092d7..f675b98 100644 --- a/jit/bita-hq/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/bita-hq/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some examples of body parts and human qualities that are used as images in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What are some examples of body parts and human qualities that are used as images in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/bita-hq/title.md b/jit/bita-hq/title.md index 9911164..b506790 100644 --- a/jit/bita-hq/title.md +++ b/jit/bita-hq/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery - Body Parts and Human Qualities \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery - Body Parts and Human Qualities + diff --git a/jit/bita-humanbehavior/01.md b/jit/bita-humanbehavior/01.md index bb9b990..5522250 100644 --- a/jit/bita-humanbehavior/01.md +++ b/jit/bita-humanbehavior/01.md @@ -212,7 +212,6 @@ An **HEIR** represents someone who is given something to possess forever >Who can stand before his wrath? Who can resist the fierceness of his anger? >His wrath is poured out like fire, and the rocks are broken apart by him. (Nahum 1:6 ULB) - #### WALKING represents behaving and PATH (WAY) represents behavior >Blessed is the man who does not walk in the advice of the wicked. (Psalm 1:1 ULB) @@ -221,4 +220,5 @@ An **HEIR** represents someone who is given something to possess forever >Turn from me the path of deceit. (Psalm 119:29 ULB) ->I will run in the path of your commandments. (Psalm 119:32 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +>I will run in the path of your commandments. (Psalm 119:32 ULB) + diff --git a/jit/bita-humanbehavior/sub-title.md b/jit/bita-humanbehavior/sub-title.md index 81f2d75..2f9fbef 100644 --- a/jit/bita-humanbehavior/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/bita-humanbehavior/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some examples of things people do that are used as images in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What are some examples of things people do that are used as images in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/bita-humanbehavior/title.md b/jit/bita-humanbehavior/title.md index 6e402c8..2c7df9d 100644 --- a/jit/bita-humanbehavior/title.md +++ b/jit/bita-humanbehavior/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery - Human Behavior \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery - Human Behavior + diff --git a/jit/bita-manmade/01.md b/jit/bita-manmade/01.md index 697ffc8..5ca2b3c 100644 --- a/jit/bita-manmade/01.md +++ b/jit/bita-manmade/01.md @@ -44,4 +44,5 @@ In this case the snare was a persuasion to do evil, which leads to death. >The house of wicked people will be destroyed, but the tent of upright people will flourish. (Proverbs 14:11 ULB) ->A throne will be established in covenant faithfulness, and one from David's tent will faithfully sit there. (Isaiah 16:5 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +>A throne will be established in covenant faithfulness, and one from David's tent will faithfully sit there. (Isaiah 16:5 ULB) + diff --git a/jit/bita-manmade/sub-title.md b/jit/bita-manmade/sub-title.md index 813afab..bd473b6 100644 --- a/jit/bita-manmade/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/bita-manmade/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some examples things people make that are used as images in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What are some examples things people make that are used as images in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/bita-manmade/title.md b/jit/bita-manmade/title.md index c55e1d3..bae949d 100644 --- a/jit/bita-manmade/title.md +++ b/jit/bita-manmade/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery - Man-made Objects \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery - Man-made Objects + diff --git a/jit/bita-part1/01.md b/jit/bita-part1/01.md index 892c627..d8431dc 100644 --- a/jit/bita-part1/01.md +++ b/jit/bita-part1/01.md @@ -44,3 +44,4 @@ The following pages have lists of some of the ideas that represent others in the * [Biblical Imagery - Plants](../bita-plants/01.md) * [Biblical Imagery - Natural Phenomena](../bita-phenom/01.md) * [Biblical Imagery - Man-made Objects](../bita-manmade/01.md) + diff --git a/jit/bita-part1/sub-title.md b/jit/bita-part1/sub-title.md index 8f9a294..92a3849 100644 --- a/jit/bita-part1/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/bita-part1/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -In the Bible, what ideas are often used to represent other ideas? \ No newline at end of file +In the Bible, what ideas are often used to represent other ideas? + diff --git a/jit/bita-part1/title.md b/jit/bita-part1/title.md index e99aa60..afcaa26 100644 --- a/jit/bita-part1/title.md +++ b/jit/bita-part1/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns + diff --git a/jit/bita-part2/01.md b/jit/bita-part2/01.md index 57f6be2..f2e38ca 100644 --- a/jit/bita-part2/01.md +++ b/jit/bita-part2/01.md @@ -77,4 +77,5 @@ This means that he killed the serpent. >Yahweh has placed on him the iniquity of us all. (Isaiah 53:6 ULB) -This means that Yahweh placed on him the punishment that should have gone to all of us. \ No newline at end of file +This means that Yahweh placed on him the punishment that should have gone to all of us. + diff --git a/jit/bita-part2/sub-title.md b/jit/bita-part2/sub-title.md index b4c41f7..f875d4f 100644 --- a/jit/bita-part2/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/bita-part2/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some common metonymies used in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What are some common metonymies used in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/bita-part2/title.md b/jit/bita-part2/title.md index fc9ba02..5963e09 100644 --- a/jit/bita-part2/title.md +++ b/jit/bita-part2/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery - Common Metonymies \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery - Common Metonymies + diff --git a/jit/bita-part3/01.md b/jit/bita-part3/01.md index 1b89172..4203721 100644 --- a/jit/bita-part3/01.md +++ b/jit/bita-part3/01.md @@ -206,3 +206,4 @@ Leprosy is a disease. If a person had it, he was said to be unclean. An "unclean spirit" is an evil spirit. >When an unclean spirit has gone away from a man, it passes through waterless places and looks for rest, but does not find it. (Matthew 12:43 ULB) + diff --git a/jit/bita-part3/sub-title.md b/jit/bita-part3/sub-title.md index 6555a9d..9860350 100644 --- a/jit/bita-part3/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/bita-part3/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are cultural models and what are some cultural models found in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What are cultural models and what are some cultural models found in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/bita-part3/title.md b/jit/bita-part3/title.md index 1a50005..6378f69 100644 --- a/jit/bita-part3/title.md +++ b/jit/bita-part3/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery - Cultural Models \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery - Cultural Models + diff --git a/jit/bita-phenom/sub-title.md b/jit/bita-phenom/sub-title.md index ae22bb6..1760876 100644 --- a/jit/bita-phenom/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/bita-phenom/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some examples of things in nature that are used as images in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What are some examples of things in nature that are used as images in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/bita-phenom/title.md b/jit/bita-phenom/title.md index 205259a..a4deea1 100644 --- a/jit/bita-phenom/title.md +++ b/jit/bita-phenom/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery - Natural Phenomena \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery - Natural Phenomena + diff --git a/jit/bita-plants/01.md b/jit/bita-plants/01.md index 96227d2..8ec2767 100644 --- a/jit/bita-plants/01.md +++ b/jit/bita-plants/01.md @@ -45,4 +45,5 @@ The emotion or attitude in the verses is underlined below. >I have seen the wicked and terrifying person spread out like a green tree in its native soil. (Psalm 37:35 ULB) ->I am like a green olive tree in the house of God. (Psalm 52:8 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +>I am like a green olive tree in the house of God. (Psalm 52:8 ULB) + diff --git a/jit/bita-plants/sub-title.md b/jit/bita-plants/sub-title.md index 5f9d3ee..d138d2b 100644 --- a/jit/bita-plants/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/bita-plants/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some examples of plants that are used as images in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What are some examples of plants that are used as images in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/bita-plants/title.md b/jit/bita-plants/title.md index c1eea78..49bd9e8 100644 --- a/jit/bita-plants/title.md +++ b/jit/bita-plants/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Imagery - Plants \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Imagery - Plants + diff --git a/jit/figs-123person/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-123person/sub-title.md index 26011b5..c14e2a5 100644 --- a/jit/figs-123person/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-123person/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are first, second, and third person, and how do I translate when a third person form does not refer to the third person? \ No newline at end of file +What are first, second, and third person, and how do I translate when a third person form does not refer to the third person? + diff --git a/jit/figs-123person/title.md b/jit/figs-123person/title.md index eac76a5..c3c682d 100644 --- a/jit/figs-123person/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-123person/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -First, Second, or Third Person \ No newline at end of file +First, Second, or Third Person + diff --git a/jit/figs-abstractnouns/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-abstractnouns/sub-title.md index 8bbf068..577b432 100644 --- a/jit/figs-abstractnouns/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-abstractnouns/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are abstract nouns and how do I deal with them in my translation? \ No newline at end of file +What are abstract nouns and how do I deal with them in my translation? + diff --git a/jit/figs-abstractnouns/title.md b/jit/figs-abstractnouns/title.md index 5080b37..f31df3b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-abstractnouns/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-abstractnouns/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Abstract Nouns \ No newline at end of file +Abstract Nouns + diff --git a/jit/figs-activepassive/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-activepassive/sub-title.md index 3331b09..7049fa0 100644 --- a/jit/figs-activepassive/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-activepassive/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What do active and passive mean, and how do I translate passive sentences? \ No newline at end of file +What do active and passive mean, and how do I translate passive sentences? + diff --git a/jit/figs-activepassive/title.md b/jit/figs-activepassive/title.md index a11cc67..3ff1b2a 100644 --- a/jit/figs-activepassive/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-activepassive/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Active or Passive \ No newline at end of file +Active or Passive + diff --git a/jit/figs-apostrophe/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-apostrophe/sub-title.md index 267e79d..3140091 100644 --- a/jit/figs-apostrophe/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-apostrophe/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the figure of speech called apostrophe? \ No newline at end of file +What is the figure of speech called apostrophe? + diff --git a/jit/figs-apostrophe/title.md b/jit/figs-apostrophe/title.md index 269a1dd..77b7e00 100644 --- a/jit/figs-apostrophe/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-apostrophe/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Apostrophe \ No newline at end of file +Apostrophe + diff --git a/jit/figs-declarative/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-declarative/sub-title.md index 924925d..7101cca 100644 --- a/jit/figs-declarative/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-declarative/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What other uses are there for statements? \ No newline at end of file +What other uses are there for statements? + diff --git a/jit/figs-declarative/title.md b/jit/figs-declarative/title.md index 1bf7cd3..081b566 100644 --- a/jit/figs-declarative/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-declarative/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Statements - Other Uses \ No newline at end of file +Statements - Other Uses + diff --git a/jit/figs-distinguish/01.md b/jit/figs-distinguish/01.md index 15b8683..3e99827 100644 --- a/jit/figs-distinguish/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-distinguish/01.md @@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ With the comma, the sentence is giving more information: * The words "holy" and "most holy" distinguish two different places from each other and from any other place. - **Words and phrases that are used to give added information or a reminder about an item are a translation issue for languages that do not use these.** >How can Sarah, who is ninety years old, bear a son? (Genesis 17:17 ULB) diff --git a/jit/figs-distinguish/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-distinguish/sub-title.md index ca5f07d..f33ec48 100644 --- a/jit/figs-distinguish/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-distinguish/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -When a phrase is used with a noun, what is the difference between phrases that distinguish the noun from others and phrases that simply inform or remind? \ No newline at end of file +When a phrase is used with a noun, what is the difference between phrases that distinguish the noun from others and phrases that simply inform or remind? + diff --git a/jit/figs-distinguish/title.md b/jit/figs-distinguish/title.md index ba0df95..b7971c1 100644 --- a/jit/figs-distinguish/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-distinguish/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Distinguishing versus Informing or Reminding \ No newline at end of file +Distinguishing versus Informing or Reminding + diff --git a/jit/figs-doublenegatives/01.md b/jit/figs-doublenegatives/01.md index ac607d2..2c1c87f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-doublenegatives/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-doublenegatives/01.md @@ -50,5 +50,3 @@ If double negatives are natural and are used to create a positive sentence in yo * **We did this not because we have no authority, but we did this in order to be an example to you.** (2 Thessalonians 3:9 ULB) * Though we have authority, we did this in orer to be an example to you. - - diff --git a/jit/figs-doublenegatives/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-doublenegatives/sub-title.md index c5539f3..aff76de 100644 --- a/jit/figs-doublenegatives/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-doublenegatives/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are double negatives? \ No newline at end of file +What are double negatives? + diff --git a/jit/figs-doublenegatives/title.md b/jit/figs-doublenegatives/title.md index ae9647f..77a5a0b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-doublenegatives/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-doublenegatives/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Double Negatives \ No newline at end of file +Double Negatives + diff --git a/jit/figs-doublet/01.md b/jit/figs-doublet/01.md index c3e7984..5826ec6 100644 --- a/jit/figs-doublet/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-doublet/01.md @@ -47,4 +47,3 @@ If a doublet would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consi * **... a lamb without blemish and without spot...** (1 Peter 1:19 ULB) * ... a lamb without any blemish at all ... - diff --git a/jit/figs-doublet/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-doublet/sub-title.md index 4396135..8aa6c75 100644 --- a/jit/figs-doublet/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-doublet/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are doublets and how can I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +What are doublets and how can I translate them? + diff --git a/jit/figs-doublet/title.md b/jit/figs-doublet/title.md index 654826f..21af1b9 100644 --- a/jit/figs-doublet/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-doublet/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Doublet \ No newline at end of file +Doublet + diff --git a/jit/figs-ellipsis/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-ellipsis/sub-title.md index 3aeceaa..d2e3aba 100644 --- a/jit/figs-ellipsis/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-ellipsis/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is ellipsis? \ No newline at end of file +What is ellipsis? + diff --git a/jit/figs-ellipsis/title.md b/jit/figs-ellipsis/title.md index 82e8574..101e672 100644 --- a/jit/figs-ellipsis/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-ellipsis/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Ellipsis \ No newline at end of file +Ellipsis + diff --git a/jit/figs-euphemism/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-euphemism/sub-title.md index 41b5843..a28e6be 100644 --- a/jit/figs-euphemism/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-euphemism/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is a Euphemism? \ No newline at end of file +What is a Euphemism? + diff --git a/jit/figs-euphemism/title.md b/jit/figs-euphemism/title.md index edf322a..6c457c4 100644 --- a/jit/figs-euphemism/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-euphemism/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Euphemism \ No newline at end of file +Euphemism + diff --git a/jit/figs-events/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-events/sub-title.md index ee397ec..41ffce3 100644 --- a/jit/figs-events/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-events/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why are the events not listed in the order they happened, and how do I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +Why are the events not listed in the order they happened, and how do I translate them? + diff --git a/jit/figs-events/title.md b/jit/figs-events/title.md index eeb852a..99b637f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-events/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-events/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Order of Events \ No newline at end of file +Order of Events + diff --git a/jit/figs-exclamations/01.md b/jit/figs-exclamations/01.md index cec7d16..33fd175 100644 --- a/jit/figs-exclamations/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-exclamations/01.md @@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ Languages have different ways of showing that a sentence communicates strong emo * The exclamation above does not have a verb. The speaker's words show that he is disgusted with the person he is speaking to. - ### Translation Strategies 1. If an exclamation in your language needs a verb, add one. Often a good verb is "is" or "are." diff --git a/jit/figs-exclamations/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-exclamations/sub-title.md index 14fc532..68b6a0f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-exclamations/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-exclamations/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are ways of translating exclamations? \ No newline at end of file +What are ways of translating exclamations? + diff --git a/jit/figs-exclamations/title.md b/jit/figs-exclamations/title.md index 7de3a57..c402b5b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-exclamations/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-exclamations/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Exclamations \ No newline at end of file +Exclamations + diff --git a/jit/figs-exclusive/01.md b/jit/figs-exclusive/01.md index 4618fa4..d432e3a 100644 --- a/jit/figs-exclusive/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-exclusive/01.md @@ -41,3 +41,4 @@ The Bible was first written in the Hebrew, Aramaic, and Greek languages. Like En ### Translation Strategies There are no translation strategies for this topic. + diff --git a/jit/figs-exclusive/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-exclusive/sub-title.md index 78f2596..bf52bbd 100644 --- a/jit/figs-exclusive/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-exclusive/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is exclusive and inclusive "we"? \ No newline at end of file +What is exclusive and inclusive "we"? + diff --git a/jit/figs-exclusive/title.md b/jit/figs-exclusive/title.md index 72d9505..9ca2b5b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-exclusive/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-exclusive/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Exclusive and Inclusive "We" \ No newline at end of file +Exclusive and Inclusive "We" + diff --git a/jit/figs-exmetaphor/01.md b/jit/figs-exmetaphor/01.md index 5e988f7..a0948ba 100644 --- a/jit/figs-exmetaphor/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-exmetaphor/01.md @@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ An extended metaphor occurs when someone speaks of a situation as if it were a d * When someone uses an extended metaphor, the images are an important part of what he is trying to say. * If the target audience is not familiar with some of the images, you will need to find some way of helping them understand the images so they can understand the whole extended metaphor. - ### Examples from the Bible In Psalm 23:1-4, the writer says that God's concern and care for his people can be pictured as the care that a shepherd has for his flock of sheep. Shepherds give sheep what they need, take them to safe places, rescue them, guide them, and protect them. What God does for his people is like these actions. diff --git a/jit/figs-exmetaphor/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-exmetaphor/sub-title.md index ba7f7fa..013588d 100644 --- a/jit/figs-exmetaphor/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-exmetaphor/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is an extended metaphor? \ No newline at end of file +What is an extended metaphor? + diff --git a/jit/figs-exmetaphor/title.md b/jit/figs-exmetaphor/title.md index b41ce0f..99c4c92 100644 --- a/jit/figs-exmetaphor/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-exmetaphor/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Extended Metaphor \ No newline at end of file +Extended Metaphor + diff --git a/jit/figs-explicit/01.md b/jit/figs-explicit/01.md index 4927ea3..a8fdd3b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-explicit/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-explicit/01.md @@ -57,5 +57,3 @@ If readers have enough assumed knowledge to be able to understand the full messa * If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But at the day of judgment, God will punish you more severely than he will punish them. * If the mighty deeds which were done in you had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But at the day of judgment, God will punish them less severely than he will punish you. - - diff --git a/jit/figs-explicit/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-explicit/sub-title.md index cda059e..697d1cc 100644 --- a/jit/figs-explicit/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-explicit/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I be sure that my translation communicates the assumed knowledge and implicit information along with the explicit information of the original message? \ No newline at end of file +How can I be sure that my translation communicates the assumed knowledge and implicit information along with the explicit information of the original message? + diff --git a/jit/figs-explicit/title.md b/jit/figs-explicit/title.md index e7aa6b4..4728c0f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-explicit/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-explicit/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information \ No newline at end of file +Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information + diff --git a/jit/figs-explicitinfo/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-explicitinfo/sub-title.md index 03ed57e..2d26c2a 100644 --- a/jit/figs-explicitinfo/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-explicitinfo/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What can I do if some of the explicit information seems confusing, unnatural, or unnecessary in our language? \ No newline at end of file +What can I do if some of the explicit information seems confusing, unnatural, or unnecessary in our language? + diff --git a/jit/figs-explicitinfo/title.md b/jit/figs-explicitinfo/title.md index ca0510e..0dc6127 100644 --- a/jit/figs-explicitinfo/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-explicitinfo/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -When to Make Explicit Information Implicit \ No newline at end of file +When to Make Explicit Information Implicit + diff --git a/jit/figs-extrainfo/01.md b/jit/figs-extrainfo/01.md index f1ac42a..2c20c1d 100644 --- a/jit/figs-extrainfo/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-extrainfo/01.md @@ -27,3 +27,4 @@ Sometimes it is better not to state assumed knowledge or implicit information ex ### Translation Strategies There are no translation strategies for this topic. + diff --git a/jit/figs-extrainfo/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-extrainfo/sub-title.md index c2b1679..da598f0 100644 --- a/jit/figs-extrainfo/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-extrainfo/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -When should I not make implicit information explicit? \ No newline at end of file +When should I not make implicit information explicit? + diff --git a/jit/figs-extrainfo/title.md b/jit/figs-extrainfo/title.md index ce2bdd2..a40277c 100644 --- a/jit/figs-extrainfo/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-extrainfo/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -When to Keep Information Implicit \ No newline at end of file +When to Keep Information Implicit + diff --git a/jit/figs-gendernotations/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-gendernotations/sub-title.md index 78e0e22..34638de 100644 --- a/jit/figs-gendernotations/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-gendernotations/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I translate "brother" or "he" when it could refer to anyone, male or female? \ No newline at end of file +How do I translate "brother" or "he" when it could refer to anyone, male or female? + diff --git a/jit/figs-gendernotations/title.md b/jit/figs-gendernotations/title.md index 9172b87..4f9f71f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-gendernotations/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-gendernotations/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -When Masculine Words Include Women \ No newline at end of file +When Masculine Words Include Women + diff --git a/jit/figs-genericnoun/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-genericnoun/sub-title.md index d5ed8fa..d3f90c6 100644 --- a/jit/figs-genericnoun/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-genericnoun/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are generic noun phrases and how can I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +What are generic noun phrases and how can I translate them? + diff --git a/jit/figs-genericnoun/title.md b/jit/figs-genericnoun/title.md index afaf3d5..e5a5548 100644 --- a/jit/figs-genericnoun/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-genericnoun/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Generic Noun Phrases \ No newline at end of file +Generic Noun Phrases + diff --git a/jit/figs-go/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-go/sub-title.md index 94899b7..86aac91 100644 --- a/jit/figs-go/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-go/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What do I do if the word "go" or "come" is confusing in a certain sentence? \ No newline at end of file +What do I do if the word "go" or "come" is confusing in a certain sentence? + diff --git a/jit/figs-go/title.md b/jit/figs-go/title.md index 4b8d26c..68a3385 100644 --- a/jit/figs-go/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-go/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Go and Come \ No newline at end of file +Go and Come + diff --git a/jit/figs-grammar/01.md b/jit/figs-grammar/01.md index 5e23cd6..ec7f7d6 100644 --- a/jit/figs-grammar/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-grammar/01.md @@ -17,4 +17,3 @@ Grammar has two main parts: words and structure. Structure involves how we put w * Quotations can be either direct quotes or indirect quotes. (see [Direct and Indirect Quotations](../figs-quotations/01.md)) * Quotes can have quotes within them. (see [Quotes within Quotes](../figs-quotesinquotes/01.md)) - diff --git a/jit/figs-grammar/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-grammar/sub-title.md index ca9c1f2..31bb849 100644 --- a/jit/figs-grammar/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-grammar/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is some basic information about English Grammar? \ No newline at end of file +What is some basic information about English Grammar? + diff --git a/jit/figs-grammar/title.md b/jit/figs-grammar/title.md index 05bcb07..62f6809 100644 --- a/jit/figs-grammar/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-grammar/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Grammar Topics \ No newline at end of file +Grammar Topics + diff --git a/jit/figs-hendiadys/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-hendiadys/sub-title.md index 85b2306..86a2d6e 100644 --- a/jit/figs-hendiadys/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-hendiadys/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is hendiadys and how can I translate phrases that have it? \ No newline at end of file +What is hendiadys and how can I translate phrases that have it? + diff --git a/jit/figs-hendiadys/title.md b/jit/figs-hendiadys/title.md index c2bc301..4b9a203 100644 --- a/jit/figs-hendiadys/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-hendiadys/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Hendiadys \ No newline at end of file +Hendiadys + diff --git a/jit/figs-hyperbole/01.md b/jit/figs-hyperbole/01.md index 5ccecdb..53f3e33 100644 --- a/jit/figs-hyperbole/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-hyperbole/01.md @@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ A speaker or writer can use exactly the same words to say something he means as * John used the word "everything" in a generalization about what God teaches his people. God teaches us about all things that we need to know, not about absolutely everything. - **Do not assume that something is an exaggeration just because it seems to be impossible.** >... they saw Jesus walking on the sea ... (John 6:19 ULB) @@ -62,7 +61,6 @@ A speaker or writer can use exactly the same words to say something he means as * Yahweh is always righteous in everything he does. - ### Translation Strategies If the exaggeration or generalization would be natural and people would understand it and not think that it is a lie, consider using it. If not, here are other options. @@ -91,4 +89,5 @@ If the exaggeration or generalization would be natural and people would understa 1. For a generalization that has a word like "all," always," "none," or "never," consider deleting that word. * **The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULB) - * The country of Judea and the people of Jerusalem went out to him. \ No newline at end of file + * The country of Judea and the people of Jerusalem went out to him. + diff --git a/jit/figs-hyperbole/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-hyperbole/sub-title.md index 2e0d782..f64aedc 100644 --- a/jit/figs-hyperbole/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-hyperbole/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are hyperboles? What are generalizations? \ No newline at end of file +What are hyperboles? What are generalizations? + diff --git a/jit/figs-hyperbole/title.md b/jit/figs-hyperbole/title.md index 4b0cf18..b441738 100644 --- a/jit/figs-hyperbole/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-hyperbole/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Hyperbole and Generalization \ No newline at end of file +Hyperbole and Generalization + diff --git a/jit/figs-hypo/01.md b/jit/figs-hypo/01.md index 7d923e4..4114032 100644 --- a/jit/figs-hypo/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-hypo/01.md @@ -65,4 +65,9 @@ Use your language's ways of showing these kinds of things. ### Translation Strategies -There are no translation strategies for this topic. \ No newline at end of file +<<<<<<< HEAD +There are no translation strategies for this topic. +======= +There are not translation strategies for this topic. + +>>>>>>> Conform file to have EOL at end diff --git a/jit/figs-hypo/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-hypo/sub-title.md index 508b778..b94fec1 100644 --- a/jit/figs-hypo/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-hypo/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are conditions that are contrary to fact? \ No newline at end of file +What are conditions that are contrary to fact? + diff --git a/jit/figs-hypo/title.md b/jit/figs-hypo/title.md index cfdd452..ccc9b99 100644 --- a/jit/figs-hypo/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-hypo/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Conditions That Are Contrary to Fact \ No newline at end of file +Conditions That Are Contrary to Fact + diff --git a/jit/figs-idiom/01.md b/jit/figs-idiom/01.md index 17290e7..dadb8f7 100644 --- a/jit/figs-idiom/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-idiom/01.md @@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ An idiom is a figure of speech made up of a group of words that, as a whole, has * This idiom means that he cried bitterly for a long time. - ### Translation Strategies If the idiom would be clearly understood in your language, consider using it. If not, here are some other options. diff --git a/jit/figs-idiom/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-idiom/sub-title.md index 9b2aff0..851feb5 100644 --- a/jit/figs-idiom/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-idiom/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are idioms and how can I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +What are idioms and how can I translate them? + diff --git a/jit/figs-idiom/title.md b/jit/figs-idiom/title.md index 6f58803..dafc356 100644 --- a/jit/figs-idiom/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-idiom/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Idiom \ No newline at end of file +Idiom + diff --git a/jit/figs-imperative/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-imperative/sub-title.md index 03ff345..e497e13 100644 --- a/jit/figs-imperative/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-imperative/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What other uses are there for imperative sentences in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What other uses are there for imperative sentences in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/figs-imperative/title.md b/jit/figs-imperative/title.md index 61fb937..d34907b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-imperative/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-imperative/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Imperatives - Other Uses \ No newline at end of file +Imperatives - Other Uses + diff --git a/jit/figs-intro/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-intro/sub-title.md index d706bcb..cfbd898 100644 --- a/jit/figs-intro/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-intro/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some figures of speech? \ No newline at end of file +What are some figures of speech? + diff --git a/jit/figs-intro/title.md b/jit/figs-intro/title.md index 0b1004e..6189ea9 100644 --- a/jit/figs-intro/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-intro/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Figures of Speech \ No newline at end of file +Figures of Speech + diff --git a/jit/figs-irony/01.md b/jit/figs-irony/01.md index 9827d96..5d272fd 100644 --- a/jit/figs-irony/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-irony/01.md @@ -52,3 +52,4 @@ If the irony would be understood correctly in your language, translate it as it * **How well you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition!** (Mark 7:9 ULB) * How dare you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition! + diff --git a/jit/figs-irony/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-irony/sub-title.md index 1dc1035..8f863bb 100644 --- a/jit/figs-irony/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-irony/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is irony and how can I translate it? \ No newline at end of file +What is irony and how can I translate it? + diff --git a/jit/figs-irony/title.md b/jit/figs-irony/title.md index 74839e2..b4f80ea 100644 --- a/jit/figs-irony/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-irony/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Irony \ No newline at end of file +Irony + diff --git a/jit/figs-litotes/01.md b/jit/figs-litotes/01.md index 173f6f8..c4ef2b9 100644 --- a/jit/figs-litotes/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-litotes/01.md @@ -38,4 +38,5 @@ If the litotes would be understood correctly in your langauge, consider using it * **Be sure of this—wicked people will not go unpunished ...** (Proverbs 11:21 ULB) * Be sure of this—wicked people will certainly be punished ... * **Not one word has failed out of all Yahweh's good promises that he made with Moses his servant.** (2 Kings 8:56) - * Every word of all Yahweh's good promises that he made with Moses his servant has been fulfilled. \ No newline at end of file + * Every word of all Yahweh's good promises that he made with Moses his servant has been fulfilled. + diff --git a/jit/figs-litotes/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-litotes/sub-title.md index 62305f0..b04952d 100644 --- a/jit/figs-litotes/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-litotes/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is litotes? \ No newline at end of file +What is litotes? + diff --git a/jit/figs-litotes/title.md b/jit/figs-litotes/title.md index aee7a71..ef9f24b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-litotes/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-litotes/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Litotes \ No newline at end of file +Litotes + diff --git a/jit/figs-merism/01.md b/jit/figs-merism/01.md index 80c563d..a8d1d19 100644 --- a/jit/figs-merism/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-merism/01.md @@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ Some languages do not use merism. The readers of those languages may think that * This underlined phrase is a merism because it speaks of the east and the west and everywhere in between. It means "everywhere." - ### Translation Strategies If the merism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are other options: diff --git a/jit/figs-merism/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-merism/sub-title.md index a3aa518..2292aaa 100644 --- a/jit/figs-merism/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-merism/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What does the word merism mean and how can I translate phrases that have it? \ No newline at end of file +What does the word merism mean and how can I translate phrases that have it? + diff --git a/jit/figs-merism/title.md b/jit/figs-merism/title.md index 27f6f39..1ac016b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-merism/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-merism/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Merism \ No newline at end of file +Merism + diff --git a/jit/figs-metaphor/01.md b/jit/figs-metaphor/01.md index 03d8be9..a1f3974 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metaphor/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-metaphor/01.md @@ -18,8 +18,12 @@ To learn how to deal with dead metaphors, see [Dead Metaphor] [[rc://en/ta/man/j These are metaphors that people recognize as one concept standing for another concept, or one thing for another thing. They make people think about how the one thing is like the other thing, because in most ways the two things are very different. People also easily recognize these metaphors as giving strength and unusual qualities to the message. For this reason, people pay attention to these metaphors. +<<<<<<< HEAD Live metaphors are the metaphors that need special care to translate correctly. To do so, we need to understand the parts of a metaphor and how they work together to produce meaning. See [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphorparts]] +======= +Live metaphors are the metaphors that need special care to translate correctly. To do so, we need to understand the parts of a metaphor and how they work together to produce meaning. See [Metaphor Parts and Purposes](../figs-metaphorparts/01.md) +>>>>>>> Conform file to have EOL at end The rest of this topic deals with live metaphors. @@ -102,4 +106,3 @@ If people do not or would not understand it, here are some other strategies. To learn more about specific metaphors, see [Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns](../bita-part1/01.md). - diff --git a/jit/figs-metaphor/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-metaphor/sub-title.md index 78090fd..17830e6 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metaphor/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-metaphor/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is a metaphor and how can I translate a sentence that has one? \ No newline at end of file +What is a metaphor and how can I translate a sentence that has one? + diff --git a/jit/figs-metaphor/title.md b/jit/figs-metaphor/title.md index 0698dc8..fbb190f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metaphor/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-metaphor/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Metaphor \ No newline at end of file +Metaphor + diff --git a/jit/figs-metaphordead/01.md b/jit/figs-metaphordead/01.md index f0db7b9..11ee9d4 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metaphordead/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-metaphordead/01.md @@ -65,4 +65,5 @@ If people do not or would not understand it, here is a strategy to help. * **Many false prophets will rise up and lead many astray** (Matthew 24:11 ULB) * Many false prophets will rise up and teach many people to believe lies. * **... put on a heart of mercy, kindness, humility, gentleness, and patience.** (Colossians 3:12 ULB) - * be merciful, kind, humble, gentle and patient. \ No newline at end of file + * be merciful, kind, humble, gentle and patient. + diff --git a/jit/figs-metaphordead/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-metaphordead/sub-title.md index 3d68f50..21bae7f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metaphordead/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-metaphordead/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is a dead metaphor, and how can I translate a sentence that has one? \ No newline at end of file +What is a dead metaphor, and how can I translate a sentence that has one? + diff --git a/jit/figs-metaphordead/title.md b/jit/figs-metaphordead/title.md index df5e298..529e363 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metaphordead/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-metaphordead/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Dead Metaphors \ No newline at end of file +Dead Metaphors + diff --git a/jit/figs-metaphorparts/01.md b/jit/figs-metaphorparts/01.md index 3ec5cf7..8bfac92 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metaphorparts/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-metaphorparts/01.md @@ -22,4 +22,5 @@ In this metaphor, Jesus called himself the bread of life. The **topic** is "I," * One purpose of metaphor is to teach people about something that they do not know (the **topic**) by showing that it is like something that they already do know (the **image**). * Another purpose is to emphasize that something has a particular quality or to show that it has that quality in an extreme way. -* Another purpose is to lead people to feel the same way about the **topic** as they would feel about the **image**. \ No newline at end of file +* Another purpose is to lead people to feel the same way about the **topic** as they would feel about the **image**. + diff --git a/jit/figs-metaphorparts/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-metaphorparts/sub-title.md index 3b73a3a..dc38958 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metaphorparts/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-metaphorparts/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the parts and purposes of a metaphor? \ No newline at end of file +What are the parts and purposes of a metaphor? + diff --git a/jit/figs-metaphorparts/title.md b/jit/figs-metaphorparts/title.md index da24b39..1e5f557 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metaphorparts/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-metaphorparts/title.md @@ -1 +1,6 @@ -Parts of a Metaphor \ No newline at end of file +<<<<<<< HEAD +Parts of a Metaphor +======= +Parts a Metaphor + +>>>>>>> Conform file to have EOL at end diff --git a/jit/figs-metonymy/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-metonymy/sub-title.md index 0b955b5..3d1576b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metonymy/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-metonymy/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is a metonymy? \ No newline at end of file +What is a metonymy? + diff --git a/jit/figs-metonymy/title.md b/jit/figs-metonymy/title.md index a2ea00a..9c10812 100644 --- a/jit/figs-metonymy/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-metonymy/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Metonymy \ No newline at end of file +Metonymy + diff --git a/jit/figs-nominaladj/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-nominaladj/sub-title.md index 4fd6f21..2089425 100644 --- a/jit/figs-nominaladj/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-nominaladj/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I translate adjectives that act like nouns? \ No newline at end of file +How do I translate adjectives that act like nouns? + diff --git a/jit/figs-nominaladj/title.md b/jit/figs-nominaladj/title.md index 4889e55..40cb0d7 100644 --- a/jit/figs-nominaladj/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-nominaladj/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Nominal Adjectives \ No newline at end of file +Nominal Adjectives + diff --git a/jit/figs-order/01.md b/jit/figs-order/01.md index 496bf76..b15c1b1 100644 --- a/jit/figs-order/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-order/01.md @@ -75,4 +75,5 @@ Word order can also change if * Know which word order is preferred in your language. * Use your language's preferred word order unless there is some reason in your language to change it. -* Translate the sentence so that the meaning is accurate and clear and so that it sounds natural. \ No newline at end of file +* Translate the sentence so that the meaning is accurate and clear and so that it sounds natural. + diff --git a/jit/figs-order/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-order/sub-title.md index c462b03..40aa34a 100644 --- a/jit/figs-order/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-order/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What does "word order" mean? \ No newline at end of file +What does "word order" mean? + diff --git a/jit/figs-order/title.md b/jit/figs-order/title.md index 961e471..5627a29 100644 --- a/jit/figs-order/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-order/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Word Order \ No newline at end of file +Word Order + diff --git a/jit/figs-parables/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-parables/sub-title.md index 2b26df1..a68af1f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-parables/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-parables/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is a parable? \ No newline at end of file +What is a parable? + diff --git a/jit/figs-parables/title.md b/jit/figs-parables/title.md index 1145ea6..5505e31 100644 --- a/jit/figs-parables/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-parables/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Parables \ No newline at end of file +Parables + diff --git a/jit/figs-parallelism/01.md b/jit/figs-parallelism/01.md index 420e08f..dffa647 100644 --- a/jit/figs-parallelism/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-parallelism/01.md @@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ Speakers of some languages do not use synonymous parallelism. If there are two p * This contrasts what happens when someone gives a gentle answer with what happens when someone says something harsh. - ### Translation Strategies For most kinds of parallelism, it is good to translate both of the clauses or phrases. For synonymous parallelism, it is good to translate both clauses if people in your language understand that the purpose of saying something twice is to strengthen a single idea. But if your language does not use parallelism in this way, then consider using one of the following translation strategies. diff --git a/jit/figs-parallelism/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-parallelism/sub-title.md index d1ebbad..096a92e 100644 --- a/jit/figs-parallelism/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-parallelism/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is parallelism? \ No newline at end of file +What is parallelism? + diff --git a/jit/figs-parallelism/title.md b/jit/figs-parallelism/title.md index 512ff1d..7a79d5b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-parallelism/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-parallelism/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Parallelism \ No newline at end of file +Parallelism + diff --git a/jit/figs-partsofspeech/01.md b/jit/figs-partsofspeech/01.md index b8a55eb..e75bdd9 100644 --- a/jit/figs-partsofspeech/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-partsofspeech/01.md @@ -17,4 +17,5 @@ Parts of speech are categories of words. The different categories of words have **ADJECTIVES** are words that describe nouns and express such things as quantity, size, color, and age. Some examples are: many, big, blue, old, smart, tired. Sometimes people use adjectives to give some information about something, and sometimes people use them to distinguish one item from another. For example, in my elderly father the adjective elderly simply tells something about my father. But in my eldest sister the word eldest distinguishes that sister from any other older sisters I might have. More information about this can be found on [Distinguishing versus Informing or Reminding](../figs-distinguish/01.md). -**ADVERBS** are words that describe verbs or adjectives and give details such as how, when, where, why, and to what extent. Many English adverbs end in ly. Some examples of adverbs: slowly, later, far, intentionally, very. \ No newline at end of file +**ADVERBS** are words that describe verbs or adjectives and give details such as how, when, where, why, and to what extent. Many English adverbs end in ly. Some examples of adverbs: slowly, later, far, intentionally, very. + diff --git a/jit/figs-partsofspeech/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-partsofspeech/sub-title.md index d186219..f548036 100644 --- a/jit/figs-partsofspeech/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-partsofspeech/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some of the parts of speech in English? \ No newline at end of file +What are some of the parts of speech in English? + diff --git a/jit/figs-partsofspeech/title.md b/jit/figs-partsofspeech/title.md index c132543..8053689 100644 --- a/jit/figs-partsofspeech/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-partsofspeech/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Parts of Speech \ No newline at end of file +Parts of Speech + diff --git a/jit/figs-pastforfuture/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-pastforfuture/sub-title.md index 53bd530..813aa70 100644 --- a/jit/figs-pastforfuture/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-pastforfuture/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the predictive past? \ No newline at end of file +What is the predictive past? + diff --git a/jit/figs-pastforfuture/title.md b/jit/figs-pastforfuture/title.md index 2a23e90..20fad83 100644 --- a/jit/figs-pastforfuture/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-pastforfuture/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Predictive Past \ No newline at end of file +Predictive Past + diff --git a/jit/figs-personification/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-personification/sub-title.md index 796700a..985ae39 100644 --- a/jit/figs-personification/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-personification/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is personification? \ No newline at end of file +What is personification? + diff --git a/jit/figs-personification/title.md b/jit/figs-personification/title.md index 52486ec..a1e5eeb 100644 --- a/jit/figs-personification/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-personification/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Personification \ No newline at end of file +Personification + diff --git a/jit/figs-possession/01.md b/jit/figs-possession/01.md index 0ed393a..7c7a32e 100644 --- a/jit/figs-possession/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-possession/01.md @@ -132,3 +132,4 @@ If possession would be a natural way to show a particular relationship between t * You will only observe and see how Yahweh **punishes** the wicked. * **... you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.** (Acts 2:38 ULB) * ... you will receive the Holy Spirit, whom God will **give** to you. + diff --git a/jit/figs-possession/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-possession/sub-title.md index 033a523..f640856 100644 --- a/jit/figs-possession/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-possession/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is possession and how can I translate phrases that have it? \ No newline at end of file +What is possession and how can I translate phrases that have it? + diff --git a/jit/figs-possession/title.md b/jit/figs-possession/title.md index b54f919..8b6cff8 100644 --- a/jit/figs-possession/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-possession/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Possession \ No newline at end of file +Possession + diff --git a/jit/figs-pronouns/01.md b/jit/figs-pronouns/01.md index 8e64159..9d0865a 100644 --- a/jit/figs-pronouns/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-pronouns/01.md @@ -63,3 +63,4 @@ Personal pronouns refer to people or things and show if the speaker is referring * **They say that you should not wake a sleeping dog.** In the last example, "they" and "you" just refer to people in general. + diff --git a/jit/figs-pronouns/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-pronouns/sub-title.md index 044257d..b8ec5df 100644 --- a/jit/figs-pronouns/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-pronouns/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are pronouns and what kinds of pronouns are in some languages? \ No newline at end of file +What are pronouns and what kinds of pronouns are in some languages? + diff --git a/jit/figs-pronouns/title.md b/jit/figs-pronouns/title.md index 2dea749..ebe7b7c 100644 --- a/jit/figs-pronouns/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-pronouns/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Pronouns \ No newline at end of file +Pronouns + diff --git a/jit/figs-quotations/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-quotations/sub-title.md index 8ca5d09..3ea7d07 100644 --- a/jit/figs-quotations/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-quotations/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are direct and indirect quotations? \ No newline at end of file +What are direct and indirect quotations? + diff --git a/jit/figs-quotations/title.md b/jit/figs-quotations/title.md index c8e1b18..fb2db88 100644 --- a/jit/figs-quotations/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-quotations/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Direct and Indirect Quotations \ No newline at end of file +Direct and Indirect Quotations + diff --git a/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md b/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md index a5e0bec..6e4b8c5 100644 --- a/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ A quotation may have a quote within it, and quotes that are inside of other quot * When there is a quote within a quote, the listener needs to know who the speaker of each quote is and to whom he is speaking. * When there is a quote within a quote, the listener needs to know who the pronouns refer to. For example if a quote that is inside a quote has the word "I," the listener needs to know whether "I" refers to the speaker of the inner quote or the outer quote. - ### Examples from the Bible **Some quotations have only one layer.** @@ -60,3 +59,4 @@ A quotation may have a quote within it, and quotes that are inside of other quot * **They said to him, "A man came to meet us who said to us, 'Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, "Yahweh says this: 'Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal-Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.'"'"** (2 Kings 1:6 ULB) * They said to him, A man came to meet us who said to us, "Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, 'Yahweh says this: "Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal-Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die."'" + diff --git a/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/sub-title.md index f43906d..92e50c8 100644 --- a/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is a quote within a quote, and how can I help the readers understand who is saying what? \ No newline at end of file +What is a quote within a quote, and how can I help the readers understand who is saying what? + diff --git a/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/title.md b/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/title.md index c316f92..015c5cf 100644 --- a/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-quotesinquotes/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Quotes Within Quotes \ No newline at end of file +Quotes Within Quotes + diff --git a/jit/figs-rpronouns/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-rpronouns/sub-title.md index cdbe7d3..2f65233 100644 --- a/jit/figs-rpronouns/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-rpronouns/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are reflexive pronouns? \ No newline at end of file +What are reflexive pronouns? + diff --git a/jit/figs-rpronouns/title.md b/jit/figs-rpronouns/title.md index 84e3789..aedd2f8 100644 --- a/jit/figs-rpronouns/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-rpronouns/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Reflexive Pronouns \ No newline at end of file +Reflexive Pronouns + diff --git a/jit/figs-rquestion/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-rquestion/sub-title.md index c959ec4..a28b885 100644 --- a/jit/figs-rquestion/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-rquestion/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are rhetorical questions and how can I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +What are rhetorical questions and how can I translate them? + diff --git a/jit/figs-rquestion/title.md b/jit/figs-rquestion/title.md index bc2e6d0..d57ef50 100644 --- a/jit/figs-rquestion/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-rquestion/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Rhetorical Question \ No newline at end of file +Rhetorical Question + diff --git a/jit/figs-sentences/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-sentences/sub-title.md index a27d189..1bff220 100644 --- a/jit/figs-sentences/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-sentences/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the parts of a sentence? \ No newline at end of file +What are the parts of a sentence? + diff --git a/jit/figs-sentences/title.md b/jit/figs-sentences/title.md index 42ad2f1..6174f3f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-sentences/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-sentences/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Sentence Structure \ No newline at end of file +Sentence Structure + diff --git a/jit/figs-sentencetypes/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-sentencetypes/sub-title.md index eef63d6..cd64346 100644 --- a/jit/figs-sentencetypes/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-sentencetypes/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the different types of sentences and what are they used for? \ No newline at end of file +What are the different types of sentences and what are they used for? + diff --git a/jit/figs-sentencetypes/title.md b/jit/figs-sentencetypes/title.md index 23b479e..67f3d6b 100644 --- a/jit/figs-sentencetypes/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-sentencetypes/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Sentence Types \ No newline at end of file +Sentence Types + diff --git a/jit/figs-simile/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-simile/sub-title.md index fd8ed7d..bfa7d8c 100644 --- a/jit/figs-simile/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-simile/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is a simile? \ No newline at end of file +What is a simile? + diff --git a/jit/figs-simile/title.md b/jit/figs-simile/title.md index f368587..12b98c3 100644 --- a/jit/figs-simile/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-simile/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Simile \ No newline at end of file +Simile + diff --git a/jit/figs-synecdoche/01.md b/jit/figs-synecdoche/01.md index 004debc..18835b0 100644 --- a/jit/figs-synecdoche/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-synecdoche/01.md @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ Synecdoche is a figure of speech in which a speaker uses a part of something to * The Pharisees who were standing there did not all say the same words at the same time. Instead, it is more likely that one man representing the group said those words. - ### Translation Strategies If the synecdoche would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here is another option: diff --git a/jit/figs-synecdoche/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-synecdoche/sub-title.md index 51d35cf..2cb992a 100644 --- a/jit/figs-synecdoche/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-synecdoche/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What does the word synecdoche mean? \ No newline at end of file +What does the word synecdoche mean? + diff --git a/jit/figs-synecdoche/title.md b/jit/figs-synecdoche/title.md index a9157d4..997988c 100644 --- a/jit/figs-synecdoche/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-synecdoche/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Synecdoche \ No newline at end of file +Synecdoche + diff --git a/jit/figs-verbs/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-verbs/sub-title.md index 44b718f..0d1fe49 100644 --- a/jit/figs-verbs/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-verbs/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are verbs and what kinds of things are associated with them? \ No newline at end of file +What are verbs and what kinds of things are associated with them? + diff --git a/jit/figs-verbs/title.md b/jit/figs-verbs/title.md index c95d8d9..ccb089f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-verbs/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-verbs/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Verbs \ No newline at end of file +Verbs + diff --git a/jit/figs-you/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-you/sub-title.md index c7e3afc..fdfcc70 100644 --- a/jit/figs-you/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-you/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the different forms of "you"? \ No newline at end of file +What are the different forms of "you"? + diff --git a/jit/figs-you/title.md b/jit/figs-you/title.md index 4948760..1fe90a1 100644 --- a/jit/figs-you/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-you/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Forms of 'You' \ No newline at end of file +Forms of 'You' + diff --git a/jit/figs-youcrowd/01.md b/jit/figs-youcrowd/01.md index 0fbc774..b64c707 100644 --- a/jit/figs-youcrowd/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-youcrowd/01.md @@ -42,4 +42,5 @@ If the singular form of the pronoun would be natural when referring to a group o 1. If the singular form of the pronoun would not be natural when referring to a group of people, or if the readers would be confused by it, use the plural form of the pronoun. * **This is what Yahweh says, "For three sins of Edom, even for four, I will not turn away punishment, because he pursued his brother with the sword and cast off all pity. His anger raged continually, and his wrath lasted forever."** (Amos 1:11 ULB) - * This is what Yahweh says, "For three sins of Edom, even for four, I will not turn away punishment, because they pursued their brothers with the sword and cast off all pity. Their anger raged continually, and their wrath lasted forever." \ No newline at end of file + * This is what Yahweh says, "For three sins of Edom, even for four, I will not turn away punishment, because they pursued their brothers with the sword and cast off all pity. Their anger raged continually, and their wrath lasted forever." + diff --git a/jit/figs-youcrowd/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-youcrowd/sub-title.md index 6751dc0..fb10ccd 100644 --- a/jit/figs-youcrowd/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-youcrowd/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I translate singular pronouns that refer to groups of people? \ No newline at end of file +How do I translate singular pronouns that refer to groups of people? + diff --git a/jit/figs-youcrowd/title.md b/jit/figs-youcrowd/title.md index a6c3aa1..db203f1 100644 --- a/jit/figs-youcrowd/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-youcrowd/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Singular Pronouns that Refer to Groups \ No newline at end of file +Singular Pronouns that Refer to Groups + diff --git a/jit/figs-youdual/01.md b/jit/figs-youdual/01.md index 8fb5ddd..11d6aef 100644 --- a/jit/figs-youdual/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-youdual/01.md @@ -43,4 +43,5 @@ Often the context will make it clear whether the word "you" refers to one person 2. If a speaker uses a word for "you" to refer to two people, and if your language does not have a form that is specifically for two people, then use whatever form is appropriate when referring to two people. That may be a plural form or a form that does not indicate the number of people at all. ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -Because English does not have dual or plural forms of "you," there are no examples of translation strategies applied. \ No newline at end of file +Because English does not have dual or plural forms of "you," there are no examples of translation strategies applied. + diff --git a/jit/figs-youdual/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-youdual/sub-title.md index ba11851..c772a7f 100644 --- a/jit/figs-youdual/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-youdual/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I know if the word 'you' is dual or plural? \ No newline at end of file +How do I know if the word 'you' is dual or plural? + diff --git a/jit/figs-youdual/title.md b/jit/figs-youdual/title.md index e5a4436..a73e284 100644 --- a/jit/figs-youdual/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-youdual/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Forms of 'You' - Dual/Plural \ No newline at end of file +Forms of 'You' - Dual/Plural + diff --git a/jit/figs-youformal/01.md b/jit/figs-youformal/01.md index c601494..7ac99a2 100644 --- a/jit/figs-youformal/01.md +++ b/jit/figs-youformal/01.md @@ -40,4 +40,5 @@ This is part of a prayer that Jesus taught his disciples. Some cultures would us ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -Because English does not have formal and informal forms of "you," there are no examples of translation strategies applied. \ No newline at end of file +Because English does not have formal and informal forms of "you," there are no examples of translation strategies applied. + diff --git a/jit/figs-youformal/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-youformal/sub-title.md index 04b7f24..9559ee5 100644 --- a/jit/figs-youformal/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-youformal/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are formal and informal "you"? \ No newline at end of file +What are formal and informal "you"? + diff --git a/jit/figs-youformal/title.md b/jit/figs-youformal/title.md index e424346..2c6a4ec 100644 --- a/jit/figs-youformal/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-youformal/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Forms of "You" - Formal or Informal \ No newline at end of file +Forms of "You" - Formal or Informal + diff --git a/jit/figs-yousingular/sub-title.md b/jit/figs-yousingular/sub-title.md index 65aec74..7295f18 100644 --- a/jit/figs-yousingular/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/figs-yousingular/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I know if the word 'you' is singular? \ No newline at end of file +How do I know if the word 'you' is singular? + diff --git a/jit/figs-yousingular/title.md b/jit/figs-yousingular/title.md index d02f486..2ea0e77 100644 --- a/jit/figs-yousingular/title.md +++ b/jit/figs-yousingular/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Forms of 'You' - Singular \ No newline at end of file +Forms of 'You' - Singular + diff --git a/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/01.md b/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/01.md index 152e3ed..a467ad0 100644 --- a/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/01.md +++ b/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/01.md @@ -33,4 +33,5 @@ Each person of God is fully God and is called "God" in the Bible. >But Peter said, "Ananias, why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price of the land?... You have not lied to men, but to God." (Acts 5:3-4 ULB) Each person is also distinct from the other two persons. All three persons can appear separately at the same time. In the verses below, God the Son is baptized while God the Spirit comes down and God the Father speaks from heaven. ->After he was baptized, Jesus came up ... from the water.... He saw the Spirit of God coming down ... and a voice [the Father's] came out of the heavens saying, "This is my Beloved Son...." (Matthew 3:16-17 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +>After he was baptized, Jesus came up ... from the water.... He saw the Spirit of God coming down ... and a voice [the Father's] came out of the heavens saying, "This is my Beloved Son...." (Matthew 3:16-17 ULB) + diff --git a/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/sub-title.md b/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/sub-title.md index ca17a3e..ffef184 100644 --- a/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Who are the Son of God and God the Father? \ No newline at end of file +Who are the Son of God and God the Father? + diff --git a/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/title.md b/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/title.md index fc27502..096058b 100644 --- a/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/title.md +++ b/jit/guidelines-sonofgod/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Son of God and God the Father \ No newline at end of file +Son of God and God the Father + diff --git a/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/01.md b/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/01.md index 3c01491..81e4dc6 100644 --- a/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/01.md +++ b/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/01.md @@ -45,4 +45,5 @@ Just as today, human father-son relationships during Bible times were never as l 1. If your language has more than one word for "son," use the word that has the closest meaning to "only son" (or "first son" if necessary). 1. If your language has more than one word for "father," use the word that has the closest meaning to "birth father," rather than "adoptive father." -See the pages for "God the Father" and "Son of God" in the translationWords document for help with translating "Father" and "Son." \ No newline at end of file +See the pages for "God the Father" and "Son of God" in the translationWords document for help with translating "Father" and "Son." + diff --git a/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/sub-title.md b/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/sub-title.md index 36c6969..47b9a0c 100644 --- a/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why are these concepts important in referring to God? \ No newline at end of file +Why are these concepts important in referring to God? + diff --git a/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/title.md b/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/title.md index 884fe27..714b604 100644 --- a/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/title.md +++ b/jit/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Translating Son and Father \ No newline at end of file +Translating Son and Father + diff --git a/jit/translate-bdistance/01.md b/jit/translate-bdistance/01.md index e850231..ba59607 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bdistance/01.md +++ b/jit/translate-bdistance/01.md @@ -60,3 +60,4 @@ The strategies are all applied to Exodus 25:10 below. [1]two and a half cubits [2]one cubit and a half + diff --git a/jit/translate-bdistance/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-bdistance/sub-title.md index 793df88..ced91b4 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bdistance/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-bdistance/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I translate the lengths and distances that are in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +How can I translate the lengths and distances that are in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/translate-bdistance/title.md b/jit/translate-bdistance/title.md index 50fe39c..0c498c7 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bdistance/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-bdistance/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Distance \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Distance + diff --git a/jit/translate-bmoney/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-bmoney/sub-title.md index 15ed105..59163e9 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bmoney/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-bmoney/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I translate the values of money in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +How can I translate the values of money in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/translate-bmoney/title.md b/jit/translate-bmoney/title.md index afb1c03..7ccd4b5 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bmoney/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-bmoney/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Money \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Money + diff --git a/jit/translate-bvolume/01.md b/jit/translate-bvolume/01.md index 7d38de3..689d237 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bvolume/01.md +++ b/jit/translate-bvolume/01.md @@ -3,7 +3,6 @@ The following terms are the most common units of volume used in the Bible to state how much a certain container could hold. The containers and measurements are given for both liquids (such as wine) and dry solids (such as grain). The biblical measures probably differed in exact amount from time to time and place to place. The liter equivalents below are based on the ephah and the bath being equal to 22 liters. - | Type | Original Measure | Relationship | Liters | | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | | Dry | omer | 1/10 ephah | 2 liters | diff --git a/jit/translate-bvolume/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-bvolume/sub-title.md index 301f7ac..e637d06 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bvolume/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-bvolume/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I translate the measures of volume that are in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +How can I translate the measures of volume that are in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/translate-bvolume/title.md b/jit/translate-bvolume/title.md index ceb1d1f..a5518ba 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bvolume/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-bvolume/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Volume \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Volume + diff --git a/jit/translate-bweight/01.md b/jit/translate-bweight/01.md index 60441b9..31ad42a 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bweight/01.md +++ b/jit/translate-bweight/01.md @@ -51,3 +51,4 @@ The strategies are all applied to Exodus 38:29 below. * "The bronze from the wave offering weighed 5,460 pounds.[1]" * The footnote would look like: [1]The Hebrew text has "seventy talents and 2,400 shekels." + diff --git a/jit/translate-bweight/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-bweight/sub-title.md index 73d8df8..63cc3ce 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bweight/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-bweight/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I translate the values of weight in the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +How can I translate the values of weight in the Bible? + diff --git a/jit/translate-bweight/title.md b/jit/translate-bweight/title.md index 3e78dcc..5e9e837 100644 --- a/jit/translate-bweight/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-bweight/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Biblical Weight \ No newline at end of file +Biblical Weight + diff --git a/jit/translate-fraction/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-fraction/sub-title.md index 4f62c7d..cb103cc 100644 --- a/jit/translate-fraction/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-fraction/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are fractions and how can I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +What are fractions and how can I translate them? + diff --git a/jit/translate-fraction/title.md b/jit/translate-fraction/title.md index df9324a..01461f5 100644 --- a/jit/translate-fraction/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-fraction/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Fractions \ No newline at end of file +Fractions + diff --git a/jit/translate-hebrewmonths/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-hebrewmonths/sub-title.md index 6e33f40..bb15060 100644 --- a/jit/translate-hebrewmonths/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-hebrewmonths/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the Hebrew months? \ No newline at end of file +What are the Hebrew months? + diff --git a/jit/translate-hebrewmonths/title.md b/jit/translate-hebrewmonths/title.md index 9d14565..00ca7a1 100644 --- a/jit/translate-hebrewmonths/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-hebrewmonths/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Hebrew Months \ No newline at end of file +Hebrew Months + diff --git a/jit/translate-names/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-names/sub-title.md index f924525..49ecaa6 100644 --- a/jit/translate-names/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-names/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I translate names that are new to my culture? \ No newline at end of file +How can I translate names that are new to my culture? + diff --git a/jit/translate-names/title.md b/jit/translate-names/title.md index 6c1b9f4..86261bd 100644 --- a/jit/translate-names/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-names/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How to Translate Names \ No newline at end of file +How to Translate Names + diff --git a/jit/translate-numbers/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-numbers/sub-title.md index cd55bce..554ed66 100644 --- a/jit/translate-numbers/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-numbers/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I translate numbers? \ No newline at end of file +How do I translate numbers? + diff --git a/jit/translate-numbers/title.md b/jit/translate-numbers/title.md index a58477e..ca686f3 100644 --- a/jit/translate-numbers/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-numbers/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Numbers \ No newline at end of file +Numbers + diff --git a/jit/translate-ordinal/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-ordinal/sub-title.md index d668a33..1f89155 100644 --- a/jit/translate-ordinal/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-ordinal/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are ordinal numbers and how can I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +What are ordinal numbers and how can I translate them? + diff --git a/jit/translate-ordinal/title.md b/jit/translate-ordinal/title.md index 22c5381..de29232 100644 --- a/jit/translate-ordinal/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-ordinal/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Ordinal Numbers \ No newline at end of file +Ordinal Numbers + diff --git a/jit/translate-symaction/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-symaction/sub-title.md index f12b16d..48e7080 100644 --- a/jit/translate-symaction/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-symaction/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is a symbolic action and how do I translate it? \ No newline at end of file +What is a symbolic action and how do I translate it? + diff --git a/jit/translate-symaction/title.md b/jit/translate-symaction/title.md index 45ff538..39c4abb 100644 --- a/jit/translate-symaction/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-symaction/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Symbolic Action \ No newline at end of file +Symbolic Action + diff --git a/jit/translate-textvariants/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-textvariants/sub-title.md index 46ebcb6..71e61f1 100644 --- a/jit/translate-textvariants/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-textvariants/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why does the ULB have missing or added verses, and should I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +Why does the ULB have missing or added verses, and should I translate them? + diff --git a/jit/translate-textvariants/title.md b/jit/translate-textvariants/title.md index f6c26d4..f7d0fd6 100644 --- a/jit/translate-textvariants/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-textvariants/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Textual Variants \ No newline at end of file +Textual Variants + diff --git a/jit/translate-transliterate/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-transliterate/sub-title.md index 51d7785..231bc54 100644 --- a/jit/translate-transliterate/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-transliterate/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What does it mean to borrow words from another language and how can I do it? \ No newline at end of file +What does it mean to borrow words from another language and how can I do it? + diff --git a/jit/translate-transliterate/title.md b/jit/translate-transliterate/title.md index 9166101..93cd089 100644 --- a/jit/translate-transliterate/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-transliterate/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Borrow Words \ No newline at end of file +Borrow Words + diff --git a/jit/translate-unknown/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-unknown/sub-title.md index 90b2c8f..2f5bc0e 100644 --- a/jit/translate-unknown/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-unknown/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I translate ideas that my readers are not familiar with? \ No newline at end of file +How can I translate ideas that my readers are not familiar with? + diff --git a/jit/translate-unknown/title.md b/jit/translate-unknown/title.md index e87fb6c..5dc3761 100644 --- a/jit/translate-unknown/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-unknown/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Translate Unknowns \ No newline at end of file +Translate Unknowns + diff --git a/jit/translate-versebridge/01.md b/jit/translate-versebridge/01.md index a9eba35..231bb84 100644 --- a/jit/translate-versebridge/01.md +++ b/jit/translate-versebridge/01.md @@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ In the UDB, the the information about the Horites living in Seir is given first >29-30The people groups who were descendants of Hor lived in Seir land. The names of the people groups are Lotan, Shobal, Zibeon, Anah, Dishon, Ezer, and Dishan. (Genesis 36:29-30 UDB) - ### Translation Strategy Order the information in a way that will be clear to your readers. @@ -39,4 +38,5 @@ See how to mark verses in the [translationStudio APP](http://help.door43.org/en/ * **2you must select three cities for yourself in the middle of your land that Yahweh your God is giving you to possess. 3You must build a road and divide the borders of your land into three parts, the land that Yahweh your God is causing you to inherit, so that everyone who kills another person may flee there.** (Deuteronomy 19:2-3) * 2-3you must divide into three parts the land that he is giving to you. Then select a city in each part. You must make good roads in order that people can get to those cities easily. Someone who kills another person can escape to one of those cities to be safe. (Deuteronomy 19:2-3 UDB) * **40These were the names of the heads of clans from Esau's descendants, according to their clans and their regions, by their names: Timna, Alvah, Jetheth, 41 Oholibamah, Elah, Pinon, 42 Kenaz, Teman, Mibzar, 43 Magdiel, and Iram. These were the clan heads of Edom, according to their settlements in the land they possessed. This was Esau, the father of the Edomites.** (Genesis 36:40-43 ULB) - * 40-43Here is a list of all the people groups that were descendants of Esau: Timna, Alvah, Jetheth, Oholibamah, Elah, Pinon, Kenaz, Teman, Mibzar, Magdiel, and Iram. They all lived in the land of Edom. The land where each people group lived got the same name as the name of the people group. (Genesis 36:40-43 UDB) \ No newline at end of file + * 40-43Here is a list of all the people groups that were descendants of Esau: Timna, Alvah, Jetheth, Oholibamah, Elah, Pinon, Kenaz, Teman, Mibzar, Magdiel, and Iram. They all lived in the land of Edom. The land where each people group lived got the same name as the name of the people group. (Genesis 36:40-43 UDB) + diff --git a/jit/translate-versebridge/sub-title.md b/jit/translate-versebridge/sub-title.md index 2ff2337..a864ff5 100644 --- a/jit/translate-versebridge/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/translate-versebridge/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,6 @@ -Why are some verse numbers combined, such as "3-5" or "17-18"? \ No newline at end of file +<<<<<<< HEAD +Why are some verse numbers combined, such as "3-5" or "17-18"? +======= +Why are some verse numbers combined, such as “3-5” or “17-18”? + +>>>>>>> Conform file to have EOL at end diff --git a/jit/translate-versebridge/title.md b/jit/translate-versebridge/title.md index cba7a41..9737f5a 100644 --- a/jit/translate-versebridge/title.md +++ b/jit/translate-versebridge/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Verse Bridges \ No newline at end of file +Verse Bridges + diff --git a/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/01.md b/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/01.md index da1fdf1..d43feef 100644 --- a/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/01.md +++ b/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/01.md @@ -61,4 +61,5 @@ The following passage shows the future tense and different uses of the past tens >the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, >but in the later time he will make it glorious, the way to the sea, beyond the Jordan, Galilee of the nations. >The people who walked in darkness have seen a great light; ->those who have lived in the land of the shadow of death, the light has shone on them. (Isaiah 9:1-2 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +>those who have lived in the land of the shadow of death, the light has shone on them. (Isaiah 9:1-2 ULB) + diff --git a/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/sub-title.md index 53e363a..767dbfd 100644 --- a/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is symbolic language and how do I translate it? \ No newline at end of file +What is symbolic language and how do I translate it? + diff --git a/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/title.md b/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/title.md index 40bb920..750a44b 100644 --- a/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-apocalypticwriting/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Symbolic Prophecy \ No newline at end of file +Symbolic Prophecy + diff --git a/jit/writing-background/01.md b/jit/writing-background/01.md index 63786cf..803b2a1 100644 --- a/jit/writing-background/01.md +++ b/jit/writing-background/01.md @@ -73,4 +73,5 @@ To keep translations clear and natural you will need to study how people tell st * **Hagar gave birth to Abram's son, and Abram named his son, whom Hagar bore, Ishmael. Abram was eighty-six years old when Hagar bore Ishmael to Abram.** (Genesis 16:16 ULB) * When Abram was eighty-six years old, Hagar gave birth to his son, and Abram named him Ishmael. * **John also rebuked Herod the tetrarch for marrying his brother's wife, Herodias, and for all the other evil things that Herod had done. But then Herod did another very evil thing. He had John locked up in prison.** (Luke 3:18-20) - * Now Herod the tetrarch married his brother's wife, Herodias, and he did many other evil things, so John rebuked him. But then Herod did another very evil thing. He had John locked up in prison. \ No newline at end of file + * Now Herod the tetrarch married his brother's wife, Herodias, and he did many other evil things, so John rebuked him. But then Herod did another very evil thing. He had John locked up in prison. + diff --git a/jit/writing-background/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-background/sub-title.md index 5051c44..b60c05e 100644 --- a/jit/writing-background/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-background/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is background information, and how can I show that some information is background information? \ No newline at end of file +What is background information, and how can I show that some information is background information? + diff --git a/jit/writing-background/title.md b/jit/writing-background/title.md index 22170ce..f987c96 100644 --- a/jit/writing-background/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-background/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Background Information \ No newline at end of file +Background Information + diff --git a/jit/writing-connectingwords/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-connectingwords/sub-title.md index 7203d54..7354cb2 100644 --- a/jit/writing-connectingwords/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-connectingwords/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are connecting words for, and how do I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +What are connecting words for, and how do I translate them? + diff --git a/jit/writing-connectingwords/title.md b/jit/writing-connectingwords/title.md index c698f7f..1b4852c 100644 --- a/jit/writing-connectingwords/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-connectingwords/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Connecting Words \ No newline at end of file +Connecting Words + diff --git a/jit/writing-endofstory/01.md b/jit/writing-endofstory/01.md index e5515cf..966d809 100644 --- a/jit/writing-endofstory/01.md +++ b/jit/writing-endofstory/01.md @@ -51,3 +51,4 @@ Different languages have different ways of presenting these kinds of information ### Translation Strategies There are no translation strategies for this topic. + diff --git a/jit/writing-endofstory/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-endofstory/sub-title.md index 72e327c..3b34381 100644 --- a/jit/writing-endofstory/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-endofstory/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What kinds of information are given at the end of a story? \ No newline at end of file +What kinds of information are given at the end of a story? + diff --git a/jit/writing-endofstory/title.md b/jit/writing-endofstory/title.md index 1faca99..45b085a 100644 --- a/jit/writing-endofstory/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-endofstory/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -End of Story \ No newline at end of file +End of Story + diff --git a/jit/writing-intro/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-intro/sub-title.md index 20003d7..4dc4ccc 100644 --- a/jit/writing-intro/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-intro/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the different types of writing and the issues involved? \ No newline at end of file +What are the different types of writing and the issues involved? + diff --git a/jit/writing-intro/title.md b/jit/writing-intro/title.md index 32c56d5..01888d1 100644 --- a/jit/writing-intro/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-intro/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Types of Writing \ No newline at end of file +Types of Writing + diff --git a/jit/writing-newevent/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-newevent/sub-title.md index 46c8b56..240aaa4 100644 --- a/jit/writing-newevent/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-newevent/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do we introduce a new event in a story? \ No newline at end of file +How do we introduce a new event in a story? + diff --git a/jit/writing-newevent/title.md b/jit/writing-newevent/title.md index d553074..e973f37 100644 --- a/jit/writing-newevent/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-newevent/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Introduction of a New Event \ No newline at end of file +Introduction of a New Event + diff --git a/jit/writing-participants/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-participants/sub-title.md index 3635dc1..c12172c 100644 --- a/jit/writing-participants/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-participants/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why cannot the readers of my translation understand who the author was writing about? \ No newline at end of file +Why cannot the readers of my translation understand who the author was writing about? + diff --git a/jit/writing-participants/title.md b/jit/writing-participants/title.md index 41fa3b9..969a841 100644 --- a/jit/writing-participants/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-participants/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Introduction of New and Old Participants \ No newline at end of file +Introduction of New and Old Participants + diff --git a/jit/writing-poetry/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-poetry/sub-title.md index 4cd1660..841000c 100644 --- a/jit/writing-poetry/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-poetry/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is poetry and how do I translate it into my language? \ No newline at end of file +What is poetry and how do I translate it into my language? + diff --git a/jit/writing-poetry/title.md b/jit/writing-poetry/title.md index 541ea41..71d3e94 100644 --- a/jit/writing-poetry/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-poetry/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Poetry \ No newline at end of file +Poetry + diff --git a/jit/writing-pronouns/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-pronouns/sub-title.md index 8b7366e..7f0beff 100644 --- a/jit/writing-pronouns/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-pronouns/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I decide whether or not to use a pronoun? \ No newline at end of file +How do I decide whether or not to use a pronoun? + diff --git a/jit/writing-pronouns/title.md b/jit/writing-pronouns/title.md index b13a987..ab75644 100644 --- a/jit/writing-pronouns/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-pronouns/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Pronouns - When to Use Them \ No newline at end of file +Pronouns - When to Use Them + diff --git a/jit/writing-proverbs/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-proverbs/sub-title.md index b809f9a..f949664 100644 --- a/jit/writing-proverbs/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-proverbs/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are proverbs, and how can I translate them? \ No newline at end of file +What are proverbs, and how can I translate them? + diff --git a/jit/writing-proverbs/title.md b/jit/writing-proverbs/title.md index 321b247..831c9ba 100644 --- a/jit/writing-proverbs/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-proverbs/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Proverbs \ No newline at end of file +Proverbs + diff --git a/jit/writing-quotations/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-quotations/sub-title.md index 64c0acd..005cdef 100644 --- a/jit/writing-quotations/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-quotations/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are quote margins and where should I put them? \ No newline at end of file +What are quote margins and where should I put them? + diff --git a/jit/writing-quotations/title.md b/jit/writing-quotations/title.md index ba76fc8..d507545 100644 --- a/jit/writing-quotations/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-quotations/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Quotations and Quote Margins \ No newline at end of file +Quotations and Quote Margins + diff --git a/jit/writing-symlanguage/sub-title.md b/jit/writing-symlanguage/sub-title.md index 53e363a..767dbfd 100644 --- a/jit/writing-symlanguage/sub-title.md +++ b/jit/writing-symlanguage/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is symbolic language and how do I translate it? \ No newline at end of file +What is symbolic language and how do I translate it? + diff --git a/jit/writing-symlanguage/title.md b/jit/writing-symlanguage/title.md index a9ed37a..5afafc6 100644 --- a/jit/writing-symlanguage/title.md +++ b/jit/writing-symlanguage/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Symbolic Language \ No newline at end of file +Symbolic Language + diff --git a/translate/choose-team/01.md b/translate/choose-team/01.md index 8fee54b..28aebdd 100644 --- a/translate/choose-team/01.md +++ b/translate/choose-team/01.md @@ -25,4 +25,5 @@ Some people need to test the translation with members of the language community The people who are selected to check the translation for accuracy should be people who already know the Bible well in the source language. They should be able to read well in the source language. They will be comparing the translation to the source Bible, to make sure that the translation communicates everything that is in the source Bible. They should be people who are interested in the translation work and who have time to do a good job of checking. It is good if these people can include members of the different church groups who speak the target language and who will use the translation. The level 2 checkers should be leaders in their local church. The level 3 checkers should be leaders of groups of churches, or respected very widely in the language area. Since many of these people are very busy, it may work best to send different books or chapters to different people, and not burden one or two people with the whole translation. -Additionally, some checkers should come from the average Christian community--those who are believers, but are not part of the translation team. These checkers will work with the translation testers (see above) to answer comprehension questions and give feedback on the readability and clarity of the text. \ No newline at end of file +Additionally, some checkers should come from the average Christian community--those who are believers, but are not part of the translation team. These checkers will work with the translation testers (see above) to answer comprehension questions and give feedback on the readability and clarity of the text. + diff --git a/translate/choose-team/sub-title.md b/translate/choose-team/sub-title.md index 126de91..784f694 100644 --- a/translate/choose-team/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/choose-team/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I choose a translation team? \ No newline at end of file +How do I choose a translation team? + diff --git a/translate/choose-team/title.md b/translate/choose-team/title.md index a68800a..3ee45f4 100644 --- a/translate/choose-team/title.md +++ b/translate/choose-team/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Choosing a Translation Team \ No newline at end of file +Choosing a Translation Team + diff --git a/translate/file-formats/01.md b/translate/file-formats/01.md index 0bc0a63..32c3fe5 100644 --- a/translate/file-formats/01.md +++ b/translate/file-formats/01.md @@ -58,4 +58,5 @@ The easiest way to get content marked up with USFM or Markdown is by using an ed *Note: Making text bold, italic, or underlined in a word processor does not make it bold, italic, or underlined in a markup language. This type of formatting must be done by writing the designated symbols.* -When contemplating which software to use, please keep in mind that translation is not just about words; there are a lot of technical aspects that need to be taken into consideration. Whatever software is used, just remember that Bible translations need to be put into USFM, and everything else needs to be put into Markdown. \ No newline at end of file +When contemplating which software to use, please keep in mind that translation is not just about words; there are a lot of technical aspects that need to be taken into consideration. Whatever software is used, just remember that Bible translations need to be put into USFM, and everything else needs to be put into Markdown. + diff --git a/translate/file-formats/sub-title.md b/translate/file-formats/sub-title.md index 5a87210..6c01159 100644 --- a/translate/file-formats/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/file-formats/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What file formats are acceptable? \ No newline at end of file +What file formats are acceptable? + diff --git a/translate/file-formats/title.md b/translate/file-formats/title.md index 87caf2c..6521ceb 100644 --- a/translate/file-formats/title.md +++ b/translate/file-formats/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -File Formats \ No newline at end of file +File Formats + diff --git a/translate/first-draft/01.md b/translate/first-draft/01.md index 9264ed7..ad48dbd 100644 --- a/translate/first-draft/01.md +++ b/translate/first-draft/01.md @@ -20,3 +20,4 @@ * Close your source text and any other resources. This is important because if you are looking at some source in a different language, it will interfere with your ability to write naturally in your mother tongue. Then write a draft from memory of the first chunk in your chapter. Although this can be a stressful step, try to relax and just write everything you remember. Don't worry if you forget something or don't word it eaxctly right. After this step come four checking steps, so you will have opportunity to make corrections, additions, and other edits. This step is about getting the intial draft down in natural, easy-to-read language. When you have finished these first four steps of the MAST process you have a first draft! + diff --git a/translate/first-draft/sub-title.md b/translate/first-draft/sub-title.md index 7d80ad5..a2154a4 100644 --- a/translate/first-draft/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/first-draft/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I do make a first draft? \ No newline at end of file +How do I do make a first draft? + diff --git a/translate/first-draft/title.md b/translate/first-draft/title.md index 3ff0d8c..5b7c68c 100644 --- a/translate/first-draft/title.md +++ b/translate/first-draft/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Make a First Draft \ No newline at end of file +Make a First Draft + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-accurate/01.md b/translate/guidelines-accurate/01.md index 9da3c41..85e3be3 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-accurate/01.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-accurate/01.md @@ -19,4 +19,5 @@ Finally, part of translating the source text accurately is to think of the origi Look at the passage in your own language, and ask yourself if it accurately represents the message the original hearers would have received? -**Remember:** Translation is re-telling, as exactly as possible, the meaning of the original message in a way that is clear and natural in the target language. \ No newline at end of file +**Remember:** Translation is re-telling, as exactly as possible, the meaning of the original message in a way that is clear and natural in the target language. + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-accurate/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-accurate/sub-title.md index c28a88e..6029d6e 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-accurate/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-accurate/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I create accurate translations? \ No newline at end of file +How do I create accurate translations? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-accurate/title.md b/translate/guidelines-accurate/title.md index d2e5755..2264bfd 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-accurate/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-accurate/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Create Accurate Translations \ No newline at end of file +Create Accurate Translations + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-authoritative/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-authoritative/sub-title.md index 96133f0..1de6780 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-authoritative/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-authoritative/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are authoritative translations? \ No newline at end of file +What are authoritative translations? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-authoritative/title.md b/translate/guidelines-authoritative/title.md index e643064..29e4344 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-authoritative/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-authoritative/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Create Authoritative Translations \ No newline at end of file +Create Authoritative Translations + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-church-approved/01.md b/translate/guidelines-church-approved/01.md index b8d209c..b6282e9 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-church-approved/01.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-church-approved/01.md @@ -23,4 +23,5 @@ The need for church-approval of a translation is clearly reflected in the Checki * Level 2 states that the pastors and lay-people of local churches approve the translation. * Level 3 states that leaders of multiple church networks approve of the translation. -At each level, the people leading the translation should encourage participation and input from the church networks. These steps will encourage local church ownership of the translation among as many church networks as possible. With this approval, there should be nothing hindering the translation from being used to strengthen and encourage the church. \ No newline at end of file +At each level, the people leading the translation should encourage participation and input from the church networks. These steps will encourage local church ownership of the translation among as many church networks as possible. With this approval, there should be nothing hindering the translation from being used to strengthen and encourage the church. + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-church-approved/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-church-approved/sub-title.md index ed22538..c4d3592 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-church-approved/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-church-approved/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I create church-approved translations? \ No newline at end of file +How do I create church-approved translations? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-church-approved/title.md b/translate/guidelines-church-approved/title.md index c2cffd3..9fff938 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-church-approved/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-church-approved/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Create Church-Approved Translations \ No newline at end of file +Create Church-Approved Translations + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-clear/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-clear/sub-title.md index 6056f00..dc1cb6c 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-clear/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-clear/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I create clear translations? \ No newline at end of file +How do I create clear translations? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-clear/title.md b/translate/guidelines-clear/title.md index 622eb39..e91d371 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-clear/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-clear/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Create Clear Translations \ No newline at end of file +Create Clear Translations + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-collaborative/01.md b/translate/guidelines-collaborative/01.md index 5f850aa..6842a45 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-collaborative/01.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-collaborative/01.md @@ -5,4 +5,5 @@ Collaboration occurs through many ways during the translation process. First as Whenever possible the translation team should endeavor to include other Christians from their language group in the translation process, so as to continue and expand on the collaborative nature of the project. -(You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/guidelines_collab.) \ No newline at end of file +(You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/guidelines_collab.) + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-collaborative/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-collaborative/sub-title.md index 6756953..d1b11a0 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-collaborative/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-collaborative/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are collaborative translations? \ No newline at end of file +What are collaborative translations? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-collaborative/title.md b/translate/guidelines-collaborative/title.md index f8ca04f..2e8eba0 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-collaborative/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-collaborative/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Create Collaborative Translations \ No newline at end of file +Create Collaborative Translations + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-equal/01.md b/translate/guidelines-equal/01.md index 0513a39..19c10d7 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-equal/01.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-equal/01.md @@ -72,4 +72,5 @@ your loyalty reaches to the clouds. (ULB) This verse of poetry repeats a similar idea in two lines, which is good Hebrew poetic style. Also, there are no verbs in the Hebrew original, so the ULB translation supplies the word "reaches" in both lines. Poetry in your language may have different things that mark it as poetry. When you are translating poetry, try to use the forms of your language that communicate to the reader that this is poetry, and that communicate the same emotions that the source poem is trying to communicate. -**Remember:** Communicate the feelings and attitudes of the original text. Translate them into forms that communicate in a similar way in your language. Consider how that meaning can best be **Accurately**, **Clearly**, **Equally**, and **Naturally Expressed** in the Target Language. \ No newline at end of file +**Remember:** Communicate the feelings and attitudes of the original text. Translate them into forms that communicate in a similar way in your language. Consider how that meaning can best be **Accurately**, **Clearly**, **Equally**, and **Naturally Expressed** in the Target Language. + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-equal/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-equal/sub-title.md index 26adcbe..6ed4dea 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-equal/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-equal/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is an equal translation? \ No newline at end of file +What is an equal translation? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-equal/title.md b/translate/guidelines-equal/title.md index 248c822..cf6f052 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-equal/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-equal/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Create Equal Translations \ No newline at end of file +Create Equal Translations + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md b/translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md index b22ab6b..08b8e06 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md @@ -30,4 +30,5 @@ Always translating faithfully can be difficult for several reasons: * Example: When you are translating Mark 10:11, "Whoever divorces his wife and marries another woman commits adultery against her," you might know that in Matthew 19:9 there is also the phrase, "except for sexual immorality." Even so, do not add this phrase into Mark 10:11, because that would not be translating faithfully. Also, do not add any of your own ideas or teachings from your church. Only translate the meaning that is there in the Bible passage. In order to avoid these biases, especially the ones that you might not be aware of, study the translationNotes (see http://ufw.io/tn/), translationWords (see http://ufw.io/tw/) and the *Unlocked Dynamic Bible* (see http://ufw.io/udb/), as well as any other translation helps that you have. That way you will know what the meaning of the Bible passage is, and you will be less likely to translate in a biased, unfaithful way. - \ No newline at end of file + + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-faithful/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-faithful/sub-title.md index 3db8222..cf76beb 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-faithful/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-faithful/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are faithful translations? \ No newline at end of file +What are faithful translations? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-faithful/title.md b/translate/guidelines-faithful/title.md index 1f4740e..935056f 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-faithful/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-faithful/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Create Faithful Translations \ No newline at end of file +Create Faithful Translations + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-historical/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-historical/sub-title.md index da581a5..4d1add4 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-historical/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-historical/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are historical translations? \ No newline at end of file +What are historical translations? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-historical/title.md b/translate/guidelines-historical/title.md index 921b25e..2e49f70 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-historical/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-historical/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Create Historical Translations \ No newline at end of file +Create Historical Translations + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-intro/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-intro/sub-title.md index c4ebe06..bf01f0f 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-intro/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-intro/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the qualities of a good translation? \ No newline at end of file +What are the qualities of a good translation? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-intro/title.md b/translate/guidelines-intro/title.md index d04027d..b6e8e62 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-intro/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-intro/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -The Qualities of a Good Translation \ No newline at end of file +The Qualities of a Good Translation + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-natural/01.md b/translate/guidelines-natural/01.md index 47b2403..32343e2 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-natural/01.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-natural/01.md @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ To translate the Bible so that it is **natural** means that: The translation sounds like it was written by a member of the target group—not by a foreigner. Here are some ideas for making a natural translation: - #### Write the Way Your People Talk As you read the passage or chapter of the Bible ask yourself, "what kind of message is this?" This will help you to think of how to translate it naturally into the way that kind of message would be given in your language. @@ -20,4 +19,5 @@ A good translation will use the same vocabulary and expressions as the people of #### Not for Gateway Language Translations -This section is not for Gateway Language translations of the ULB and UDB. These are Bibles that are designed to have characteristics that keep them from being natural in a target language. They are Bible translation tools, not end-user Bibles. For more information about this, see "Translating the ULB" and "Translating the UDB" in the Gateway Languages Manual. \ No newline at end of file +This section is not for Gateway Language translations of the ULB and UDB. These are Bibles that are designed to have characteristics that keep them from being natural in a target language. They are Bible translation tools, not end-user Bibles. For more information about this, see "Translating the ULB" and "Translating the UDB" in the Gateway Languages Manual. + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-natural/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-natural/sub-title.md index 2b4d3ce..f252c05 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-natural/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-natural/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I create natural translations? \ No newline at end of file +How do I create natural translations? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-natural/title.md b/translate/guidelines-natural/title.md index 8cb9f5a..88fc0b8 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-natural/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-natural/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Create Natural Translations \ No newline at end of file +Create Natural Translations + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-ongoing/01.md b/translate/guidelines-ongoing/01.md index b4053a8..fc6478c 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-ongoing/01.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-ongoing/01.md @@ -7,4 +7,5 @@ Bible translations should be **ongoing**. Share the translation with others to s Remember, encourage people to review the translation and to give you ideas for making it better. Talk to other people about these ideas. When several people agree that these are good ideas, then make these changes in the translation. In this way, the translation will get better and better. -(You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/guidelines_ongoing.) \ No newline at end of file +(You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/guidelines_ongoing.) + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-ongoing/sub-title.md b/translate/guidelines-ongoing/sub-title.md index 8b28512..f40009a 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-ongoing/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-ongoing/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are ongoing translations? \ No newline at end of file +What are ongoing translations? + diff --git a/translate/guidelines-ongoing/title.md b/translate/guidelines-ongoing/title.md index 3d8a7ac..1026a65 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-ongoing/title.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-ongoing/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Create Ongoing Translations \ No newline at end of file +Create Ongoing Translations + diff --git a/translate/qualifications/sub-title.md b/translate/qualifications/sub-title.md index 0fc3d01..565e143 100644 --- a/translate/qualifications/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/qualifications/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the qualifications of a translator? \ No newline at end of file +What are the qualifications of a translator? + diff --git a/translate/qualifications/title.md b/translate/qualifications/title.md index 4ca8adc..884b3b6 100644 --- a/translate/qualifications/title.md +++ b/translate/qualifications/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Translator Qualifications \ No newline at end of file +Translator Qualifications + diff --git a/translate/resources-alterm/01.md b/translate/resources-alterm/01.md index e927044..7410842 100644 --- a/translate/resources-alterm/01.md +++ b/translate/resources-alterm/01.md @@ -39,4 +39,5 @@ This may refer to the one who had just spoken to Daniel. However, some versions 1. Translate it in such a way that the reader could understand either meaning as a possibility. 1. If it is not possible to do that in your language, then choose a meaning and translate it with that meaning. -1. If not choosing a meaning would make it hard for the readers to understand the passage in general, then choose a meaning and translate it with that meaning. \ No newline at end of file +1. If not choosing a meaning would make it hard for the readers to understand the passage in general, then choose a meaning and translate it with that meaning. + diff --git a/translate/resources-alterm/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-alterm/sub-title.md index 1df7750..ee5f14b 100644 --- a/translate/resources-alterm/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-alterm/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why do some translationNotes have numbered translation suggestions? \ No newline at end of file +Why do some translationNotes have numbered translation suggestions? + diff --git a/translate/resources-alterm/title.md b/translate/resources-alterm/title.md index 9ee46c1..4814475 100644 --- a/translate/resources-alterm/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-alterm/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes That Have Alternate Meanings \ No newline at end of file +Notes That Have Alternate Meanings + diff --git a/translate/resources-connect/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-connect/sub-title.md index 55849f3..ad01103 100644 --- a/translate/resources-connect/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-connect/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why do some translationNotes not have any ULB text at the beginning? \ No newline at end of file +Why do some translationNotes not have any ULB text at the beginning? + diff --git a/translate/resources-connect/title.md b/translate/resources-connect/title.md index aa5ddd0..6fd2796 100644 --- a/translate/resources-connect/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-connect/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Connecting Statement and General Information in the Notes \ No newline at end of file +Connecting Statement and General Information in the Notes + diff --git a/translate/resources-def/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-def/sub-title.md index d6f28a4..b9dd32c 100644 --- a/translate/resources-def/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-def/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What translating decision should I make when I see a definition in the notes? \ No newline at end of file +What translating decision should I make when I see a definition in the notes? + diff --git a/translate/resources-def/title.md b/translate/resources-def/title.md index b586144..447e258 100644 --- a/translate/resources-def/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-def/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes with Definitions \ No newline at end of file +Notes with Definitions + diff --git a/translate/resources-eplain/01.md b/translate/resources-eplain/01.md index fefb815..7b023a9 100644 --- a/translate/resources-eplain/01.md +++ b/translate/resources-eplain/01.md @@ -16,4 +16,5 @@ If you did not know that fishermen used nets to catch fish, you might wonder why * **motioned** - They were too far from shore to call so they made gestures, probably waving their arms. -This note can help you understand what kind of motion the people made. It was a motion that people would be able to see from a distance. This will help you choose a good word or phrase for "motioned." \ No newline at end of file +This note can help you understand what kind of motion the people made. It was a motion that people would be able to see from a distance. This will help you choose a good word or phrase for "motioned." + diff --git a/translate/resources-eplain/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-eplain/sub-title.md index c347c04..05a871a 100644 --- a/translate/resources-eplain/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-eplain/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What translating decision should I make when I see an explanation in the notes? \ No newline at end of file +What translating decision should I make when I see an explanation in the notes? + diff --git a/translate/resources-eplain/title.md b/translate/resources-eplain/title.md index b0c926b..5907872 100644 --- a/translate/resources-eplain/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-eplain/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes that Explain \ No newline at end of file +Notes that Explain + diff --git a/translate/resources-fofs/01.md b/translate/resources-fofs/01.md index 77ffe24..fc8f425 100644 --- a/translate/resources-fofs/01.md +++ b/translate/resources-fofs/01.md @@ -19,4 +19,5 @@ The figure of speech in this Note is called a metonymy. The phrase "in my name" * **You offspring of vipers** - This is a metaphor. Here "offspring of" means "having the characteristic of." Vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. Alternate translation: "You evil poisonous snakes" or "You are evil, like poisonous snakes (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -The figure of speech in this Note is called a metaphor. The Note explains the metaphor and gives two alternate translations. After that, there is a link to the tA page about metaphors. Click on the link to learn about metaphors and general strategies for translating them. \ No newline at end of file +The figure of speech in this Note is called a metaphor. The Note explains the metaphor and gives two alternate translations. After that, there is a link to the tA page about metaphors. Click on the link to learn about metaphors and general strategies for translating them. + diff --git a/translate/resources-fofs/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-fofs/sub-title.md index 06565e4..1177114 100644 --- a/translate/resources-fofs/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-fofs/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How will I know if the translationNote is about a Figure of Speech? \ No newline at end of file +How will I know if the translationNote is about a Figure of Speech? + diff --git a/translate/resources-fofs/title.md b/translate/resources-fofs/title.md index 3b7d04b..b0570a7 100644 --- a/translate/resources-fofs/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-fofs/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes that Identify Figures of Speech \ No newline at end of file +Notes that Identify Figures of Speech + diff --git a/translate/resources-iordquote/01.md b/translate/resources-iordquote/01.md index 5b54983..3284991 100644 --- a/translate/resources-iordquote/01.md +++ b/translate/resources-iordquote/01.md @@ -19,4 +19,5 @@ Here the translationNote shows how to change the indirect quote to a direct quot * **I will say to the reapers, "First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn"** - You can translate this as an indirect quote: "I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, then gather the wheat into my barn." (See: [Direct and Indirect Quotations](../figs-quotations/01.md)) -Here the translationNote shows how to change the direct quote to an indirect quote, in case that would be clearer or more natural in the target language. \ No newline at end of file +Here the translationNote shows how to change the direct quote to an indirect quote, in case that would be clearer or more natural in the target language. + diff --git a/translate/resources-iordquote/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-iordquote/sub-title.md index 925fae1..ee5b23a 100644 --- a/translate/resources-iordquote/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-iordquote/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How will translationNotes help me translate indirect and direct quotes? \ No newline at end of file +How will translationNotes help me translate indirect and direct quotes? + diff --git a/translate/resources-iordquote/title.md b/translate/resources-iordquote/title.md index ba169f8..8c4acb4 100644 --- a/translate/resources-iordquote/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-iordquote/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes that Identify Indirect and Direct Quotes \ No newline at end of file +Notes that Identify Indirect and Direct Quotes + diff --git a/translate/resources-links/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-links/sub-title.md index a1403a1..26ccab7 100644 --- a/translate/resources-links/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-links/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why should I use the links in the translationNotes? \ No newline at end of file +Why should I use the links in the translationNotes? + diff --git a/translate/resources-links/title.md b/translate/resources-links/title.md index b94a6ee..5d9a22d 100644 --- a/translate/resources-links/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-links/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes with Links \ No newline at end of file +Notes with Links + diff --git a/translate/resources-long/01.md b/translate/resources-long/01.md index 0d89088..55caa63 100644 --- a/translate/resources-long/01.md +++ b/translate/resources-long/01.md @@ -10,4 +10,5 @@ Sometimes there are notes for a phrase and separate notes for portions of that p * **But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart** - Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym "heart" to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: "It is because you refuse to listen and repent" (See: [Metaphor](../figs-metaphor/01.md) and [Metonymy](../figs-metonymy/01.md)) * **hardness and unrepentant heart** - This is a doublet that you can combine as "unrepentant heart." (See: [Doublet](../figs-doublet/01.md)) -In this example the first note explains the metaphor and the metonymy, and the second explains the doublet in the same passage. \ No newline at end of file +In this example the first note explains the metaphor and the metonymy, and the second explains the doublet in the same passage. + diff --git a/translate/resources-long/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-long/sub-title.md index 5d25a1f..b69c184 100644 --- a/translate/resources-long/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-long/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why do some translationNotes seem to repeat a previous note? \ No newline at end of file +Why do some translationNotes seem to repeat a previous note? + diff --git a/translate/resources-long/title.md b/translate/resources-long/title.md index 607f5e0..5deae8d 100644 --- a/translate/resources-long/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-long/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes for Long ULB Phrases \ No newline at end of file +Notes for Long ULB Phrases + diff --git a/translate/resources-porp/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-porp/sub-title.md index 7547b27..b7baebf 100644 --- a/translate/resources-porp/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-porp/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What translating decision should I make when I see the word "possible" in the note? \ No newline at end of file +What translating decision should I make when I see the word "possible" in the note? + diff --git a/translate/resources-porp/title.md b/translate/resources-porp/title.md index d902474..00477ec 100644 --- a/translate/resources-porp/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-porp/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes with Possible Meanings \ No newline at end of file +Notes with Possible Meanings + diff --git a/translate/resources-questions/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-questions/sub-title.md index 400cbc0..a20ffe4 100644 --- a/translate/resources-questions/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-questions/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can translationQuestions help me make a better translation? \ No newline at end of file +How can translationQuestions help me make a better translation? + diff --git a/translate/resources-questions/title.md b/translate/resources-questions/title.md index 8b4d0d1..6a5421c 100644 --- a/translate/resources-questions/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-questions/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Using translationQuestions \ No newline at end of file +Using translationQuestions + diff --git a/translate/resources-synequi/01.md b/translate/resources-synequi/01.md index 8f1f691..8055cde 100644 --- a/translate/resources-synequi/01.md +++ b/translate/resources-synequi/01.md @@ -15,4 +15,5 @@ In this example, the words "the path" or the words "the road" can replace the wo * **Deacons, likewise** - "Deacons, like overseers" -In this example, the words "Deacons, like overseers" can replace the words "Deacons, likewise" in the ULB. You, as the translator, can decide what is natural for your language. \ No newline at end of file +In this example, the words "Deacons, like overseers" can replace the words "Deacons, likewise" in the ULB. You, as the translator, can decide what is natural for your language. + diff --git a/translate/resources-synequi/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-synequi/sub-title.md index e5d353d..331bea9 100644 --- a/translate/resources-synequi/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-synequi/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What translating decision should I make when I see words in double quote marks in the notes? \ No newline at end of file +What translating decision should I make when I see words in double quote marks in the notes? + diff --git a/translate/resources-synequi/title.md b/translate/resources-synequi/title.md index 9fe2b37..3cb89da 100644 --- a/translate/resources-synequi/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-synequi/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Notes with Synonyms and Equivalent Phrases \ No newline at end of file +Notes with Synonyms and Equivalent Phrases + diff --git a/translate/resources-types/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-types/sub-title.md index b3b0cd1..06e05b3 100644 --- a/translate/resources-types/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-types/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the different types of translationNotes? \ No newline at end of file +What are the different types of translationNotes? + diff --git a/translate/resources-types/title.md b/translate/resources-types/title.md index f2a5313..ae79845 100644 --- a/translate/resources-types/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-types/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Using the translationNotes \ No newline at end of file +Using the translationNotes + diff --git a/translate/resources-words/01.md b/translate/resources-words/01.md index cdac1e4..37a7c87 100644 --- a/translate/resources-words/01.md +++ b/translate/resources-words/01.md @@ -49,4 +49,5 @@ One kind of 'unknown idea' are words that refer to Jewish and Christian religiou (Notice that all of these are nouns, but they represent events, so they may need to be translated by verb (action) clauses.) -You may need to discuss the definitions of these translationWords with other members of the translation team or people from your church or village in order to discover the best way to translate them. \ No newline at end of file +You may need to discuss the definitions of these translationWords with other members of the translation team or people from your church or village in order to discover the best way to translate them. + diff --git a/translate/resources-words/sub-title.md b/translate/resources-words/sub-title.md index a3e6a8c..97754aa 100644 --- a/translate/resources-words/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/resources-words/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can translationWords help me make a better translation? \ No newline at end of file +How can translationWords help me make a better translation? + diff --git a/translate/resources-words/title.md b/translate/resources-words/title.md index 0c6f77f..58e4ad1 100644 --- a/translate/resources-words/title.md +++ b/translate/resources-words/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Using translationWords \ No newline at end of file +Using translationWords + diff --git a/translate/tA Decisions.md b/translate/tA Decisions.md index 290d5c2..c9bd404 100644 --- a/translate/tA Decisions.md +++ b/translate/tA Decisions.md @@ -51,10 +51,8 @@ That probably violates everything I told you this morning, but I'm making this u ---------- - ### Appearance of Numbered and Bulleted lists - * No spaces before * Two spaces before * Four spaces before @@ -119,3 +117,4 @@ He thinks of it all day and night. + diff --git a/translate/translate-aim/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-aim/sub-title.md index c240055..5b4d629 100644 --- a/translate/translate-aim/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-aim/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What should be the purpose of our Bible Translation? \ No newline at end of file +What should be the purpose of our Bible Translation? + diff --git a/translate/translate-aim/title.md b/translate/translate-aim/title.md index f8b326d..19aabd8 100644 --- a/translate/translate-aim/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-aim/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How to Aim Your Bible Translation \ No newline at end of file +How to Aim Your Bible Translation + diff --git a/translate/translate-alphabet/01.md b/translate/translate-alphabet/01.md index b3017d8..958f0d0 100644 --- a/translate/translate-alphabet/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-alphabet/01.md @@ -15,4 +15,5 @@ Take your list of sounds to other speakers of your language who also read the na It is good to continue to work on this alphabet together with other speakers of your language who are good readers in the national language. You can discuss the different sounds and decide on the best way to represent them together. -If the national language uses a writing system other than the Latin alphabet (from which the letters of the English alphabet come), then think about the different marks that you could use to modify the symbols so that they can represent the sounds of your language. It is best if you can mark the symbols in ways that can be reproduced on a computer. (You can experiment with the writing systems in a word processor or with the keyboards in translationKeyboard. http://ufw.io/tk/) If you need help creating a keyboard, send an email request to . When you use symbols that can be typed on a computer keyboard, then your translation can be stored, copied, and distributed electronically, and then people can get it for no cost and read it on tablets or cell phones. \ No newline at end of file +If the national language uses a writing system other than the Latin alphabet (from which the letters of the English alphabet come), then think about the different marks that you could use to modify the symbols so that they can represent the sounds of your language. It is best if you can mark the symbols in ways that can be reproduced on a computer. (You can experiment with the writing systems in a word processor or with the keyboards in translationKeyboard. http://ufw.io/tk/) If you need help creating a keyboard, send an email request to . When you use symbols that can be typed on a computer keyboard, then your translation can be stored, copied, and distributed electronically, and then people can get it for no cost and read it on tablets or cell phones. + diff --git a/translate/translate-alphabet/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-alphabet/sub-title.md index 6a37b6f..dfcaddb 100644 --- a/translate/translate-alphabet/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-alphabet/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can I create an alphabet for my language? \ No newline at end of file +How can I create an alphabet for my language? + diff --git a/translate/translate-alphabet/title.md b/translate/translate-alphabet/title.md index 3c80cc0..6a830a1 100644 --- a/translate/translate-alphabet/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-alphabet/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Alphabet/Orthography \ No newline at end of file +Alphabet/Orthography + diff --git a/translate/translate-alphabet2/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-alphabet2/sub-title.md index ee0b97a..79ae974 100644 --- a/translate/translate-alphabet2/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-alphabet2/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do sounds form into words? \ No newline at end of file +How do sounds form into words? + diff --git a/translate/translate-alphabet2/title.md b/translate/translate-alphabet2/title.md index ee149f6..23ffa5f 100644 --- a/translate/translate-alphabet2/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-alphabet2/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Alphabet Development \ No newline at end of file +Alphabet Development + diff --git a/translate/translate-bibleorg/01.md b/translate/translate-bibleorg/01.md index 9c5d564..10c68b3 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bibleorg/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-bibleorg/01.md @@ -12,4 +12,5 @@ When we refer to verses that are not next to each other, we use commas to separa After the chapter and verse numbers, we put the abbreviation for the translation of the Bible that we used. In the example below, "ULB" stands for the *Unlocked Literal Bible*. In this manuel we use this system to tell where portions of scripture come from. However, this does not mean that the whole verse or set of verses is shown. The text below comes from Judges, chapter 6, verse 28, but it is not the whole verse. The verse has more at the end. In this manuel we only show the part of the verse that we want to talk about. ->In the morning when the men of the town got up, the altar of Baal was broken down ... (Judges 6:28 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +>In the morning when the men of the town got up, the altar of Baal was broken down ... (Judges 6:28 ULB) + diff --git a/translate/translate-bibleorg/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-bibleorg/sub-title.md index 4b863c4..2b1dc7b 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bibleorg/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-bibleorg/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How is the Bible organized? \ No newline at end of file +How is the Bible organized? + diff --git a/translate/translate-bibleorg/title.md b/translate/translate-bibleorg/title.md index 1557ae6..d440870 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bibleorg/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-bibleorg/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Structure of the Bible \ No newline at end of file +Structure of the Bible + diff --git a/translate/translate-chapverse/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-chapverse/sub-title.md index 07d6f25..094867b 100644 --- a/translate/translate-chapverse/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-chapverse/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why are the chapter and verse numbers in my Bible different from those in your Bible? \ No newline at end of file +Why are the chapter and verse numbers in my Bible different from those in your Bible? + diff --git a/translate/translate-chapverse/title.md b/translate/translate-chapverse/title.md index 81ad372..4ad7671 100644 --- a/translate/translate-chapverse/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-chapverse/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Chapter and Verse Numbers \ No newline at end of file +Chapter and Verse Numbers + diff --git a/translate/translate-dynamic/01.md b/translate/translate-dynamic/01.md index 77743eb..88298e5 100644 --- a/translate/translate-dynamic/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-dynamic/01.md @@ -60,4 +60,5 @@ From the Unlocked Dynamic Bible Notice that these translations have changed the word order to be more natural in English. Also, the word "fruits" no longer appears. In fact, the Living Bible translation uses almost none of the words in the ULB translation. Instead, rather than "fruits," the meaning-based translations refer to "deeds" or to "the way you live." "Fruits" in this verse is used as part of a metaphor. The meaning of "fruits" in this metaphor is "the things that a person does." (See [Metaphor](../figs-metaphor/01.md).) -So these translations translated the meaning in context, rather than just the words. They also used more understandable phrases such as "turned from sin" or "turned away from your sinful behavior" rather than the single difficult word "repentance," or they explained the word by saying, "repented of your sins and turned to God." The meaning in all of them is the same, but the form is very different. In the meaning-based translations, the translators have attempted to make the meaning clear. \ No newline at end of file +So these translations translated the meaning in context, rather than just the words. They also used more understandable phrases such as "turned from sin" or "turned away from your sinful behavior" rather than the single difficult word "repentance," or they explained the word by saying, "repented of your sins and turned to God." The meaning in all of them is the same, but the form is very different. In the meaning-based translations, the translators have attempted to make the meaning clear. + diff --git a/translate/translate-dynamic/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-dynamic/sub-title.md index eab6a52..8d23676 100644 --- a/translate/translate-dynamic/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-dynamic/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are Meaning Based Translations? \ No newline at end of file +What are Meaning Based Translations? + diff --git a/translate/translate-dynamic/title.md b/translate/translate-dynamic/title.md index 74700b2..22cd2c1 100644 --- a/translate/translate-dynamic/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-dynamic/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Meaning-Based Translations \ No newline at end of file +Meaning-Based Translations + diff --git a/translate/translate-fandm/01.md b/translate/translate-fandm/01.md index 0168319..1500120 100644 --- a/translate/translate-fandm/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-fandm/01.md @@ -24,4 +24,5 @@ That is the primary **meaning** of the note that the sender wanted to communicat In this example, the **form** is the entire text of the note. The **meaning** is "I would like you to give me money!" -We use these terms in a similar way. **Form** will refer to the entire text of the verses that we are translating. **Meaning** will refer to the idea or ideas that the text is trying to communicate. The best form for communicating a certain meaning will be different in different languages and cultures. \ No newline at end of file +We use these terms in a similar way. **Form** will refer to the entire text of the verses that we are translating. **Meaning** will refer to the idea or ideas that the text is trying to communicate. The best form for communicating a certain meaning will be different in different languages and cultures. + diff --git a/translate/translate-fandm/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-fandm/sub-title.md index 6f60031..e98ce6c 100644 --- a/translate/translate-fandm/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-fandm/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is form and meaning? \ No newline at end of file +What is form and meaning? + diff --git a/translate/translate-fandm/title.md b/translate/translate-fandm/title.md index 0db2f43..98fe7d1 100644 --- a/translate/translate-fandm/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-fandm/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Form and Meaning \ No newline at end of file +Form and Meaning + diff --git a/translate/translate-form/01.md b/translate/translate-form/01.md index 1afaf4f..92ab06f 100644 --- a/translate/translate-form/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-form/01.md @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ Questions that might help you to understand the meaning of the form are: * Are the words very emotional words, or is there anything special about the order of the words? * What punctuation has been used to indicate emotion? - When we understand the meaning of the form, then we can choose a form that has that same meaning in the target language and culture. ### Culture Affects Meaning -The meaning of forms is determined by culture. The same form might have different meanings in different cultures. In translation, the meaning must remain the same, including the meaning of the form. This means that the form of the text must change to fit the culture. The form includes the language of the text, its arrangement, any repetitions, or any expressions that imitate sounds like "O." As you check your drafts, ask yourselves what appropriate punctuation, terms and other aspects of form should be used to express the meaning of the original form. \ No newline at end of file +The meaning of forms is determined by culture. The same form might have different meanings in different cultures. In translation, the meaning must remain the same, including the meaning of the form. This means that the form of the text must change to fit the culture. The form includes the language of the text, its arrangement, any repetitions, or any expressions that imitate sounds like "O." As you check your drafts, ask yourselves what appropriate punctuation, terms and other aspects of form should be used to express the meaning of the original form. + diff --git a/translate/translate-form/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-form/sub-title.md index 4de7e1d..cd5c790 100644 --- a/translate/translate-form/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-form/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the importance of form? \ No newline at end of file +What is the importance of form? + diff --git a/translate/translate-form/title.md b/translate/translate-form/title.md index cc8a73d..a4f09d8 100644 --- a/translate/translate-form/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-form/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -The Importance of Form \ No newline at end of file +The Importance of Form + diff --git a/translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md b/translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md index 1b0be63..bc25c1b 100644 --- a/translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md @@ -46,3 +46,4 @@ This is done for poetry and some lists, to show that the indented lines form a p >    From the tribe of Reuben, Elizur son of Shedeur; >    6from the tribe of Simeon, Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai; >    7from the tribe of Judah, Nahshon son of Amminadab; (Numbers 1:5-7 ULB) + diff --git a/translate/translate-formatsignals/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-formatsignals/sub-title.md index 5c57078..836cd14 100644 --- a/translate/translate-formatsignals/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-formatsignals/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What do some of the formatting signals in the ULB and UDB show? \ No newline at end of file +What do some of the formatting signals in the ULB and UDB show? + diff --git a/translate/translate-formatsignals/title.md b/translate/translate-formatsignals/title.md index 70bd3b0..6e54328 100644 --- a/translate/translate-formatsignals/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-formatsignals/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -ULB and UDB Formatting Signals \ No newline at end of file +ULB and UDB Formatting Signals + diff --git a/translate/translate-help/01.md b/translate/translate-help/01.md index 829e967..c7d1678 100644 --- a/translate/translate-help/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-help/01.md @@ -12,3 +12,4 @@ The **translationQuestions** are comprehension questions that can be used to sel Once you have consulted the translationNotes, translationWords and translationQuestions, then you are ready to make the best translation. **Please consult the translationNotes, translationWords and translationQuestions when checking your translation!** + diff --git a/translate/translate-help/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-help/sub-title.md index f953f64..350b9b7 100644 --- a/translate/translate-help/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-help/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Where do I find help for translating? \ No newline at end of file +Where do I find help for translating? + diff --git a/translate/translate-help/title.md b/translate/translate-help/title.md index 05ae18f..50f5eb0 100644 --- a/translate/translate-help/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-help/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Help with Translating \ No newline at end of file +Help with Translating + diff --git a/translate/translate-levels/01.md b/translate/translate-levels/01.md index 3796944..2bcaae1 100644 --- a/translate/translate-levels/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-levels/01.md @@ -26,4 +26,5 @@ We are used to thinking that the meaning of a text is in the words. But this mea ### Building the Larger Meaning -The translator must determine what each word means in each context, and then reproduce that same meaning in the translated text. That means that words cannot be translated individually, but only with the meaning that they have when they are combined together with the other words in the phrases, sentences, paragraphs, and chapters in which they form a part. When you are doing the consume step it is important to read the whoel chapter so that you can understand the greater context which provides clues to the meaning of the words and prhases. Additionally, when you are doing the checking steps, remember to compare your draft to the source text as a whole, not just at the level of words but also in the paragraphs and chapters. \ No newline at end of file +The translator must determine what each word means in each context, and then reproduce that same meaning in the translated text. That means that words cannot be translated individually, but only with the meaning that they have when they are combined together with the other words in the phrases, sentences, paragraphs, and chapters in which they form a part. When you are doing the consume step it is important to read the whoel chapter so that you can understand the greater context which provides clues to the meaning of the words and prhases. Additionally, when you are doing the checking steps, remember to compare your draft to the source text as a whole, not just at the level of words but also in the paragraphs and chapters. + diff --git a/translate/translate-levels/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-levels/sub-title.md index 0940122..228e53a 100644 --- a/translate/translate-levels/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-levels/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are the Levels of Meaning? \ No newline at end of file +What are the Levels of Meaning? + diff --git a/translate/translate-levels/title.md b/translate/translate-levels/title.md index 3be0b37..4ef3d3f 100644 --- a/translate/translate-levels/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-levels/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Levels of Meaning \ No newline at end of file +Levels of Meaning + diff --git a/translate/translate-literal/01.md b/translate/translate-literal/01.md index 9cfc18f..3e33380 100644 --- a/translate/translate-literal/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-literal/01.md @@ -30,4 +30,5 @@ Literal translations usually contain the following problems: #### When to Translate Literally -The only time to translate literally is when translating Gateway Language Materials, such as the ULB, that will be used by Other Language translators. The purpose of the ULB is to show the translator what is in the original. Even so, the ULB is not strictly literal. It is a modified literal translation that uses the target language grammar so that readers can understand it. For the places where the ULB uses the original expressions in the Bible that may be difficult to understand, we have provided the translationNotes to explain them. \ No newline at end of file +The only time to translate literally is when translating Gateway Language Materials, such as the ULB, that will be used by Other Language translators. The purpose of the ULB is to show the translator what is in the original. Even so, the ULB is not strictly literal. It is a modified literal translation that uses the target language grammar so that readers can understand it. For the places where the ULB uses the original expressions in the Bible that may be difficult to understand, we have provided the translationNotes to explain them. + diff --git a/translate/translate-literal/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-literal/sub-title.md index 60f1336..5eeb8cf 100644 --- a/translate/translate-literal/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-literal/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are literal translations? \ No newline at end of file +What are literal translations? + diff --git a/translate/translate-literal/title.md b/translate/translate-literal/title.md index ee8d4c4..bebf28e 100644 --- a/translate/translate-literal/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-literal/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Literal Translations \ No newline at end of file +Literal Translations + diff --git a/translate/translate-manual/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-manual/sub-title.md index 923077b..1222a73 100644 --- a/translate/translate-manual/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-manual/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the Translation Manual? \ No newline at end of file +What is the Translation Manual? + diff --git a/translate/translate-manual/title.md b/translate/translate-manual/title.md index c440bbf..55ec885 100644 --- a/translate/translate-manual/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-manual/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What Does the Translation Manual Teach? \ No newline at end of file +What Does the Translation Manual Teach? + diff --git a/translate/translate-manuscripts/01.md b/translate/translate-manuscripts/01.md index 35cb4fb..2a1f106 100644 --- a/translate/translate-manuscripts/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-manuscripts/01.md @@ -7,4 +7,5 @@ About three hundred years before Christ came, Greek became the language of wider Back then there were no printers, so the authors wrote these books by hand. These were the original manuscripts. Those who copied these manuscripts also did so by hand. These were also manuscripts. These books are extremely important, so the copiers got special training and were very careful to try to copy them accurately. -Over hundreds of years, people made thousands of copies of the Bible books. The manuscripts that the authors originally wrote have all been lost or fallen apart, so we do not have them. But we do have many of the copies that were written by hand long ago. Some of these copies have survived for many hundreds and even thousands of years. \ No newline at end of file +Over hundreds of years, people made thousands of copies of the Bible books. The manuscripts that the authors originally wrote have all been lost or fallen apart, so we do not have them. But we do have many of the copies that were written by hand long ago. Some of these copies have survived for many hundreds and even thousands of years. + diff --git a/translate/translate-manuscripts/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-manuscripts/sub-title.md index a156e99..d251b1b 100644 --- a/translate/translate-manuscripts/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-manuscripts/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Is there more information about the Original Language text? \ No newline at end of file +Is there more information about the Original Language text? + diff --git a/translate/translate-manuscripts/title.md b/translate/translate-manuscripts/title.md index e1110d5..20256df 100644 --- a/translate/translate-manuscripts/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-manuscripts/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Original Manuscripts \ No newline at end of file +Original Manuscripts + diff --git a/translate/translate-more/01.md b/translate/translate-more/01.md index 6c3e49f..bc983db 100644 --- a/translate/translate-more/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-more/01.md @@ -13,4 +13,5 @@ There are various ways in which we can represent the ideas in a source text: we Examples of tension occur when a reader wonders what will happen next to the participants in a story, or when a reader follows the argument, encouragement, and warnings of an epistle writer or of a conversation that is reported in the text. A reader can feel tension when reading a psalm, since the praises of God affect the psalmist in various ways. When reading an Old Testament prophetic book, the reader can feel tension rise as the prophet condemns people for their sin, or as he warns them to turn back to God. Tension may also be felt when reading about God's promises for the future, as one considers when God fulfilled those promises, or when he will fulfill them. -Another way to talk about recreating the tensions in the source text is to say that the translation should have the same effect on the target audience that the source text had on the original audience. For example, if the source text is a rebuke to the original audience, the target audience should also feel the translation as a rebuke. A translator will need to think about how the target language expresses rebukes and other types communication, so that the translation will have the right kind of effect on the target audience. \ No newline at end of file +Another way to talk about recreating the tensions in the source text is to say that the translation should have the same effect on the target audience that the source text had on the original audience. For example, if the source text is a rebuke to the original audience, the target audience should also feel the translation as a rebuke. A translator will need to think about how the target language expresses rebukes and other types communication, so that the translation will have the right kind of effect on the target audience. + diff --git a/translate/translate-more/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-more/sub-title.md index 743986f..7750f50 100644 --- a/translate/translate-more/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-more/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What more should I know about translation? \ No newline at end of file +What more should I know about translation? + diff --git a/translate/translate-more/title.md b/translate/translate-more/title.md index 5ee96cc..327db13 100644 --- a/translate/translate-more/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-more/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -More about Translation \ No newline at end of file +More about Translation + diff --git a/translate/translate-original/01.md b/translate/translate-original/01.md index 20b872d..053dbdd 100644 --- a/translate/translate-original/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-original/01.md @@ -17,4 +17,5 @@ Consider the example below. A translator uses a Swahili New Testament as the sou ![](https://cdn.door43.org/ta/jpg/ol2sl2sl2tl_small_600-174.png) -The only way to make sure the translation is as accurate as possible is to compare the new translation with the original languages. Where this is not possible, use the ULB as the source text, along with other Bible translations that were translated from the original languages, and use resources such as the translationNotes, TranslationQuestions and translationWords to check your work. \ No newline at end of file +The only way to make sure the translation is as accurate as possible is to compare the new translation with the original languages. Where this is not possible, use the ULB as the source text, along with other Bible translations that were translated from the original languages, and use resources such as the translationNotes, TranslationQuestions and translationWords to check your work. + diff --git a/translate/translate-original/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-original/sub-title.md index 150eb66..b294d14 100644 --- a/translate/translate-original/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-original/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the difference between the original language and the source language? \ No newline at end of file +What is the difference between the original language and the source language? + diff --git a/translate/translate-original/title.md b/translate/translate-original/title.md index 1e09eca..ace6cf4 100644 --- a/translate/translate-original/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-original/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -The Original and Source Languages \ No newline at end of file +The Original and Source Languages + diff --git a/translate/translate-problem/01.md b/translate/translate-problem/01.md index ddf0518..2636bbe 100644 --- a/translate/translate-problem/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-problem/01.md @@ -19,4 +19,5 @@ The Bible contains many terms for things that no longer exist, such as ancient w The testimony of the Scriptures themselves shows that they were meant to be understood. The Bible is written in three languages because the language that God's people used was different in different times. When the Jews returned from exile and no longer remembered Hebrew, the priests translated the Old Testament readings into Aramaic so they could understand (Neh 8:8). Later, when the New Testament was written, it was written in the common Koine Greek, which was the language that most people spoke at that time, rather than Hebrew or Aramaic or even classical Greek, which would have been harder for common people to understand. -These and other reasons demonstrate that God wants people to understand his word. So we know that he wants us to translate the meaning of the Bible, not reproduce the form. The meaning of the Scriptures is more important than the form. \ No newline at end of file +These and other reasons demonstrate that God wants people to understand his word. So we know that he wants us to translate the meaning of the Bible, not reproduce the form. The meaning of the Scriptures is more important than the form. + diff --git a/translate/translate-problem/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-problem/sub-title.md index 3587d62..392780b 100644 --- a/translate/translate-problem/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-problem/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are several problems with translations that are too literal? \ No newline at end of file +What are several problems with translations that are too literal? + diff --git a/translate/translate-problem/title.md b/translate/translate-problem/title.md index 2a4a472..92485cc 100644 --- a/translate/translate-problem/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-problem/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Problems with Literal Translations \ No newline at end of file +Problems with Literal Translations + diff --git a/translate/translate-process/01.md b/translate/translate-process/01.md index 3e2867a..b80ecad 100644 --- a/translate/translate-process/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-process/01.md @@ -8,4 +8,5 @@ There are two things to do in translation: 3. The checking steps revisit these two steps several times to confirm meaning and the retelling of that meaning. Instructions for translation sometimes divide these two things into smaller steps. The graphic below shows how these two fit into the translation process. -![](https://cdn.door43.org/ta/jpg/translation_process.png) \ No newline at end of file +![](https://cdn.door43.org/ta/jpg/translation_process.png) + diff --git a/translate/translate-process/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-process/sub-title.md index 7892e80..cf14fa5 100644 --- a/translate/translate-process/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-process/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are two things I do to translate? \ No newline at end of file +What are two things I do to translate? + diff --git a/translate/translate-process/title.md b/translate/translate-process/title.md index eddfd0b..c698edf 100644 --- a/translate/translate-process/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-process/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -The Translation Process \ No newline at end of file +The Translation Process + diff --git a/translate/translate-retell/01.md b/translate/translate-retell/01.md index 33f4dfd..c9f6b60 100644 --- a/translate/translate-retell/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-retell/01.md @@ -12,4 +12,5 @@ MAST was developed as a simple process that emphasizes meaning transferance. In 7. Key word check: Using the translationNotes tool go through the passage and make sure all key words are present, accurately represented and use consistant terms agreed upon by the translation team. 8. Verse-by-verse check: This final step should be done with three people when possible--the translator and two others from his team. Each verse should be checked against hte source text, using the translationNotes and translationQuestions as resoruces to confirm the accuracy and meaningfulness of the passage. -If these eight steps are followed by the team, the result will be an accurate retelling of the meaining of the source text. \ No newline at end of file +If these eight steps are followed by the team, the result will be an accurate retelling of the meaining of the source text. + diff --git a/translate/translate-retell/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-retell/sub-title.md index 603a7fa..8a669a9 100644 --- a/translate/translate-retell/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-retell/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How do I discover and then re-tell the meaning? \ No newline at end of file +How do I discover and then re-tell the meaning? + diff --git a/translate/translate-retell/title.md b/translate/translate-retell/title.md index 9d30a6d..8cea2a1 100644 --- a/translate/translate-retell/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-retell/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Discovering and Re-telling the Meaning \ No newline at end of file +Discovering and Re-telling the Meaning + diff --git a/translate/translate-source-licensing/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-source-licensing/sub-title.md index bb8610c..70a24cb 100644 --- a/translate/translate-source-licensing/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-source-licensing/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What copyright and licensing considerations should be taken when choosing a source text? \ No newline at end of file +What copyright and licensing considerations should be taken when choosing a source text? + diff --git a/translate/translate-source-licensing/title.md b/translate/translate-source-licensing/title.md index 881ab63..64f0efe 100644 --- a/translate/translate-source-licensing/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-source-licensing/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Copyrights, Licensing, and Source Texts \ No newline at end of file +Copyrights, Licensing, and Source Texts + diff --git a/translate/translate-source-text/01.md b/translate/translate-source-text/01.md index aea2717..3746c41 100644 --- a/translate/translate-source-text/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-source-text/01.md @@ -11,4 +11,5 @@ When choosing a source text, there are a number of factors that must be consider * **[The Original and Source Languages](../translate-original/01.md)** - Does the translation team understand the difference between source languages and original languages? * **[Original Manuscripts](../translate-manuscripts/01.md)** - Does the translation team understand about Original Manuscripts and [Textual Variants](../translate-textvariants/01.md)? -It is important that the leaders of the churches in the language group agree that the source text is a good one. There are translations of the Bible at bibleineverlanguage.org that have been translated specifically for use as source text to translate into other languages. \ No newline at end of file +It is important that the leaders of the churches in the language group agree that the source text is a good one. There are translations of the Bible at bibleineverlanguage.org that have been translated specifically for use as source text to translate into other languages. + diff --git a/translate/translate-source-text/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-source-text/sub-title.md index 634c3f0..4248460 100644 --- a/translate/translate-source-text/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-source-text/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What factors should be considered when choosing a source text? \ No newline at end of file +What factors should be considered when choosing a source text? + diff --git a/translate/translate-source-text/title.md b/translate/translate-source-text/title.md index 701e1f3..f6059ce 100644 --- a/translate/translate-source-text/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-source-text/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Choosing a Source Text \ No newline at end of file +Choosing a Source Text + diff --git a/translate/translate-source-version/01.md b/translate/translate-source-version/01.md index 1ee745f..d6299c9 100644 --- a/translate/translate-source-version/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-source-version/01.md @@ -17,4 +17,5 @@ Please see http://ufw.io/versioning for more details. ### Where to Find the Latest Version -https://unfoldingword.org always has the latest published version of each resource. See the Dashboard page at http://ufw.io/dashboard for version history of each resource. *Note: translationStudio and the unfoldingWord app do not always have the latest versions since updating content does not happen automatically.* \ No newline at end of file +https://unfoldingword.org always has the latest published version of each resource. See the Dashboard page at http://ufw.io/dashboard for version history of each resource. *Note: translationStudio and the unfoldingWord app do not always have the latest versions since updating content does not happen automatically.* + diff --git a/translate/translate-source-version/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-source-version/sub-title.md index 4600770..33d2942 100644 --- a/translate/translate-source-version/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-source-version/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How can version numbers help me select a source text? \ No newline at end of file +How can version numbers help me select a source text? + diff --git a/translate/translate-source-version/title.md b/translate/translate-source-version/title.md index 291828f..60b49a1 100644 --- a/translate/translate-source-version/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-source-version/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Source Texts and Version Numbers \ No newline at end of file +Source Texts and Version Numbers + diff --git a/translate/translate-terms/01.md b/translate/translate-terms/01.md index be9b93b..f46c067 100644 --- a/translate/translate-terms/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-terms/01.md @@ -53,4 +53,5 @@ **End-user Bible** - This is a Bible that people have translated so that it speaks in a natural way in the target language. It is meant to be used in churches and homes. In contrast, the ULB and UDB are Bibles that are translation tools. They do not speak naturally in any language, because the ULB is a literal translation and the UDB avoids using idioms and figures of speech, which a natural translation would use. Using these translation tools, a translator can produce an end-user Bible. -**Participant** - A participant is one of the actors in a sentence. This could be the person doing the action, or the person that is receiving the action, or mentioned as participating in some way. A participant could even be an object that is stated as participating in the action of the sentence. For example, in the following sentence, the participants are underlined: John and Mary sent a letter to Andrew. Sometimes participants are left unstated, but they are still part of the action. In this case, the participant is *implied*. For example, in the following sentence, there are only two participants stated: Andrew received a letter. The senders, John and Mary, are implied. In some languages, the implied participants must be stated. \ No newline at end of file +**Participant** - A participant is one of the actors in a sentence. This could be the person doing the action, or the person that is receiving the action, or mentioned as participating in some way. A participant could even be an object that is stated as participating in the action of the sentence. For example, in the following sentence, the participants are underlined: John and Mary sent a letter to Andrew. Sometimes participants are left unstated, but they are still part of the action. In this case, the participant is *implied*. For example, in the following sentence, there are only two participants stated: Andrew received a letter. The senders, John and Mary, are implied. In some languages, the implied participants must be stated. + diff --git a/translate/translate-terms/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-terms/sub-title.md index feb990b..fb4ac53 100644 --- a/translate/translate-terms/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-terms/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What terms should I know? \ No newline at end of file +What terms should I know? + diff --git a/translate/translate-terms/title.md b/translate/translate-terms/title.md index a126814..26129bb 100644 --- a/translate/translate-terms/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-terms/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Terms to Know \ No newline at end of file +Terms to Know + diff --git a/translate/translate-tform/01.md b/translate/translate-tform/01.md index f6b9e5f..d8430e5 100644 --- a/translate/translate-tform/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-tform/01.md @@ -18,3 +18,4 @@ Look at the pairs of sentences below. You can see that the meaning of each pair of sentences is the same, even though they use different words. This is the way it is in a good translation. You will use different words than the source text, but you will keep the meaning the same. You will use words that your people understand and use them in a way that is natural for your language. Communicating the same meaning as the source text in a clear and natural way is the goal of translation. *Credits: Example sentences from Barnwell, pp. 19-20, (c) SIL International 1986, used by permission.* + diff --git a/translate/translate-tform/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-tform/sub-title.md index a4d5cb0..1022566 100644 --- a/translate/translate-tform/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-tform/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why should I translate for meaning? \ No newline at end of file +Why should I translate for meaning? + diff --git a/translate/translate-tform/title.md b/translate/translate-tform/title.md index d863020..8f913f3 100644 --- a/translate/translate-tform/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-tform/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Translate for Meaning \ No newline at end of file +Translate for Meaning + diff --git a/translate/translate-useulbudb/01.md b/translate/translate-useulbudb/01.md index 34830d7..3e1b680 100644 --- a/translate/translate-useulbudb/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-useulbudb/01.md @@ -118,3 +118,4 @@ Here the ULB expressions "all speech" and "all knowledge" are abstract noun expr ### Conclusion In summary, the ULB will help you translate because it can help you understand to a great degree what form the original biblical texts have. It should be your primary source text. The UDB can help you check what you've translated and improve it because it often makes the ULB text's meaning clear, and also because it can give you various possible ways to make the ideas in the biblical text clear in your own translation. + diff --git a/translate/translate-useulbudb/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-useulbudb/sub-title.md index f967de6..d62d7bd 100644 --- a/translate/translate-useulbudb/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-useulbudb/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is the best way to use the ULB and UDB in translating the Bible? \ No newline at end of file +What is the best way to use the ULB and UDB in translating the Bible? + diff --git a/translate/translate-useulbudb/title.md b/translate/translate-useulbudb/title.md index 7f39baa..eea08d0 100644 --- a/translate/translate-useulbudb/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-useulbudb/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -How to Use the ULB and UDB when Translating the Bible \ No newline at end of file +How to Use the ULB and UDB when Translating the Bible + diff --git a/translate/translate-wforw/01.md b/translate/translate-wforw/01.md index fda7a55..99786b8 100644 --- a/translate/translate-wforw/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-wforw/01.md @@ -49,3 +49,4 @@ A word-for-word translation process might use the same word in both verses, even #### Figures of Speech Finally, figures of speech are not conveyed correctly in a word-for-word translation. Figures of speech have meanings that are different from the individual words that they are made up of. When they are translated word-for-word, the meaning of the figure of speech is lost. Even if they are translated so that they follow the normal word order of the target language, readers will not understand their meaning. See the [Figures of Speech](../figs-intro/01.md) page to learn how to correctly translate them. + diff --git a/translate/translate-wforw/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-wforw/sub-title.md index 27132f4..367f2a4 100644 --- a/translate/translate-wforw/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-wforw/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Why should I not translate using word for word substitution? \ No newline at end of file +Why should I not translate using word for word substitution? + diff --git a/translate/translate-wforw/title.md b/translate/translate-wforw/title.md index 21f9696..115f3e4 100644 --- a/translate/translate-wforw/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-wforw/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Word-for-Word Substitution \ No newline at end of file +Word-for-Word Substitution + diff --git a/translate/translate-whatis/01.md b/translate/translate-whatis/01.md index a7320c1..a3c7b9c 100644 --- a/translate/translate-whatis/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-whatis/01.md @@ -10,4 +10,5 @@ There are basically two kinds of translations: literal and dynamic (or meaning-b * Literal translations focus on representing words in the source language with words in the target language that have similar basic meanings. They also use phrases that have similar structures to the phrases in the source language. This kind of translation allows the reader to see the structure of the source text, but it can make it difficult or impossible for the reader to understand the meaning of the source text. * Dynamic, meaning-based translations, focus on representing the meaning of the source language sentence in its context, and will use whatever words and phrase structures are most appropriate to convey that meaning in the target language. The goal of this kind of translation is to make it easy for the reader to understand the meaning of the source text. This is the kind of translation recommended in this Translation Manual for Other Language (OL) translations. -The ULB is designed to be a literal translation, so that the OL translator can see the forms of the original biblical languages. The UDB is designed to be a dynamic translation, so that the OL translator can understand the meaning of these forms in the Bible. The ULB is designed to be the source text and the UDB to be a tool for checking and improving quality of meaning. \ No newline at end of file +The ULB is designed to be a literal translation, so that the OL translator can see the forms of the original biblical languages. The UDB is designed to be a dynamic translation, so that the OL translator can understand the meaning of these forms in the Bible. The ULB is designed to be the source text and the UDB to be a tool for checking and improving quality of meaning. + diff --git a/translate/translate-whatis/sub-title.md b/translate/translate-whatis/sub-title.md index 84c2b8b..e6e8d68 100644 --- a/translate/translate-whatis/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translate-whatis/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is Translation? \ No newline at end of file +What is Translation? + diff --git a/translate/translate-whatis/title.md b/translate/translate-whatis/title.md index 84c2b8b..e6e8d68 100644 --- a/translate/translate-whatis/title.md +++ b/translate/translate-whatis/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What is Translation? \ No newline at end of file +What is Translation? + diff --git a/translate/translation-difficulty/01.md b/translate/translation-difficulty/01.md index 971852c..f6dcb4b 100644 --- a/translate/translation-difficulty/01.md +++ b/translate/translation-difficulty/01.md @@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ In general, books that have more abstract, poetic, and theologically loaded term * New Testament * Romans, Galatians, Ephesians, Colossians, Hebrews, 1-2 Peter, and 1 John - #### Difficulty Level 3 * Old Testament @@ -51,3 +50,4 @@ In general, books that have more abstract, poetic, and theologically loaded term Ultimately, the church needs to decide what they want to translate, and in what order. But because translation is a skill that improves with use, and because the translation and checking teams can learn so much about translating the Bible as they go, we highly recommend starting with the level one books and moving up to work on the more difficult ones. The church will need to decide where to start; do they want to focus on getting the New Testement completed first, or begin with the Old Testament. If they want to begin where the Scripture begins, they may choose to start with Genesis which is a level 2 difficulty. Even though we recommend starting at level one, other factors will weigh into the decision. Most importantly, as translators work through the books, they will grow in their abilities and may recognize that the first books they translated need to be updated and revised before being widely published. + diff --git a/translate/translation-difficulty/sub-title.md b/translate/translation-difficulty/sub-title.md index a481743..4d2b932 100644 --- a/translate/translation-difficulty/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/translation-difficulty/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What should I translate first? \ No newline at end of file +What should I translate first? + diff --git a/translate/translation-difficulty/title.md b/translate/translation-difficulty/title.md index 9f4a4b5..285880f 100644 --- a/translate/translation-difficulty/title.md +++ b/translate/translation-difficulty/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Choosing What to Translate \ No newline at end of file +Choosing What to Translate + diff --git a/translate/writing-decisions/sub-title.md b/translate/writing-decisions/sub-title.md index 9b29351..d2382c9 100644 --- a/translate/writing-decisions/sub-title.md +++ b/translate/writing-decisions/sub-title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -What are some decisions we need to make for writing our language? \ No newline at end of file +What are some decisions we need to make for writing our language? + diff --git a/translate/writing-decisions/title.md b/translate/writing-decisions/title.md index e35b1b8..e292d4a 100644 --- a/translate/writing-decisions/title.md +++ b/translate/writing-decisions/title.md @@ -1 +1,2 @@ -Decisions for Writing Your Language \ No newline at end of file +Decisions for Writing Your Language +